Loading...
CC-17-1550Permit NO. CC-6-17-1550 �sx°"ns y Miami Shores Village Permit Type: Commercial Construction t 10050 N.E. 2nd Avenue NE rill Wow Classification: Alteration Miami Shores, FL 33138 0000 Pe Permit Status: APPROVED Phone: (305)795-2204 f�ORtDII' Issue Date: 7/11/2017 1 Expiration: 01/07/2018 Project Aaaress Parcel Number Applicant 1700 NE 105 Street 1122300500001 SHORES CONDOMINIUM Miami Shores, FL Block: Lot: Owner Information Address Phone Cell SHORES CONDOMINIUM 1700 NE 105 ST MIAMI SHORES FL 33138 Contractor(s) Phone Cell Phone WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & RES (305)846-9443 In Review Date Approved:: In Review Date Denied: Type of Construction: EXTERIOR CONCRETE REPAIRS Occupancy Load: Stories: Exterior: Front Setback: Rear Setback: Left Setback: Right Setback: Plans Submitted: Yes Certification Status: Certification Date: Additional Info: Bond Return : Classification: Residential Fees Due Amount CCF $195.00 DBPR Fee $146.07 DCA Fee $146.07 Education Surcharge $65.00 Permit Fee $9,738.00 Plan Review Fee (Engineer) $120.00 Scanning Fee $24.00 Technology Fee $260.00 Total: $10,694.14 Valuation: $ 3 A02 Total Sq Feet: 3 Available Inspections. Pay Date Pav Tvpe Amt Paid Amt Due I Invoice # CC-6-17-64281 07/11/2017 Check #: 2249 06/09/2017 Credit Card $ 10,494.14 $ 200.00 $ 200.00 $ 0.00 Inspection Type: Window Door Attachment Tie Beam Slab Termite Letter Framing Store Front Attachment Insulation Drywall Screw Final PE Certification Window and Door Buck Ceiling Grid Fill Cells Columns Review Planning 1 Review Electrical ; Review Building Review Structural Review Plumbing Review Mechanical In consideration of the issuance to me of this permit, I agree to perform the work covered hereunder in compliance with all ordinances and regulations pertaining thereto and in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, statements or specifications submitted to the proper authorities of Miami Shores Village. In accepting this permit I assume responsibility for all work done by either myself, my agent, servants, or employes. I understand that separate permits are required for ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, WINDOWS, DOORS, ROOFING and SWIMMING POOL work. OWNERS AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Futhermore, I authorize the above -named cgntraqUVtsljo the work stated. Authorized Signature: Owner / Applicant / Agent July 11, 2017 Building Department Copy 1 CA [0�1� Miami Shores Village g RECEIVED Building Department JUN 0 20» 10050 N.E.2nd Avenue, Miami Shores, Florida 33138 , "- A Tel: (305) 795-2204 Fax: (305) 756-8972 INSPECTION LINE PHONE NUMBER: (305) 762-4949 5� FBC 20 H BUILDING Master Permit No. CC 1SS C—) PERMIT APPLICATION Sub Permit No. WBUILDING ❑ ELECTRIC ROOFING ❑ REVISION ❑ EXTENSION ❑RENEWAL PLUMBING ❑ MECHANICAL PUBLIC WORKS CHANGE OF [:]CANCELLATION ❑ SHOP CONTRACTOR DRAWINGS JOB ADDRESS: 1200 A/F 10,V H ST City: Miami Shores County: Miami Dade Zip: 33/ 3 0 Folio/Parcel#: 11— Z -�,3 6-- Ds 6 - 00 Q/ Is the Building Historically Designated: Yes NO V Occupancy Type: Load: Construction Type: Flood Zone: BV'A e. FFE: OWNER: Name (Fee Simple Titleholder :Tt1e-, C�VDuS CoVIJOMin(uyVn Address: /-�009F /06'A 'S-r City: State: TL Zip: 33 { 3 e Tenant/Lessee Name: ,hall- Phone#: /✓/s� Email: ;66i 0las,t P---? t<, I - Q kT o I✓A Z-- 11^ I1 ,j�- n tt r i CONTRACTOR: Company Name:y� 02-k�jotc6 l�[7r'y� Cbi 1-, 9- 2ISb -4�n 7lrc� Phone#: Jr (� ^ 1%q � Address: 12 50 "U% !!:) D ST --p^ j City: a I kt- i� (,� pp -� State: T o Zip: 3 31 �D �Q Qualifier Name: {,C �1 Sll 00 OLD v►ctn Phone#: -�0 ?4/6 - 9W3 State Certification or Registrath DESIGNER: Architect/Engineer: Address: /3192 SW Value of Work for this Permit: ®Type of Work: ❑ Addition ❑ !Alteration ❑ New [� Repair/Replace LJ Demolition Description of Work: C x-'E Pz. 6& 60f)CR-0•kc /Z€h2 //�- s - Specify color of color thru tile: Submittal Fee $ Scanning Fee $ Technology Fee $ Structural Reviews $ ram- Q C53 Permit Fee $ (::�—j �� S& -Cb CCF $_ Radon Fee $ DBPR $ Training/Education Fee $ CO/CC $ Notary $. Double Fee $ Bond $ TOTAL FEE NOW DUE $ 113,19 44• 1 / (Revised02/24/2014) t Bonding Company's Name (if applicable) Bonding Company's Address City State Mortgage Lender's Name (if applicable) Mortgage Lender's Address City State Zip Zip Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet the standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRIC, PLUMBING, SIGNS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, AIR CONDITIONERS, ETC..... OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. "WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT." Notice to Applicant: As a condition to the issuance of a building permit with an estimated value exceeding $2500, the applicant must promise in good faith that a copy of the notice of commencement and construction lien law brochure will be delivered to the person whose property is subject to attachment. Also, a certified copy of the recorded notice of commencement must be posted at the job site for the first inspection which occurs seven (7) days after the building permit is issued. In the absence of such posted notice, the inspection will not be approved and a reinspection fee will be charged. Signature .4 �n,� a1_ Signature /!. n"0-0 e&Z A � �"r/A-IPl cS .Sftivrrr+ oN,, ��[ a"OF-.✓ Y" OWNER or AGEN�J�,,CONTRACTOR The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this �� `` ,�-,dray of � % , 20 1' 1 by C�AIZa '66TM (NO who is personally known to me or who has produced as identification and who did take an oath. NOTARY PUBLIC: The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of V 20 /7 , by Aso , who is personally known to me or who has produced as identification and who did take an oath. NOTARY PUBLIC: Sign: Sign:_ Print. 67V6 BS Print: Seal: ,t APPROVED BY (Revised02/24/2014) PATRICIA A. STUBS itV COMMISSION # 00075388 9XISIRBS March 18, 2021 Seal: Notary Public - State of Florida Commission N GG 092135 My Comm, Expire7Apr 9, 2021 ########################################################## Plans Examiner Zoning Structural Review Clerk i STATUS PERMIT NUMBER APT SCOPE VALUE CLOSED MC-6-16-1734 REPLACE 20 ROOFTOP EXHAUST $20,000 FANS AND 14 GRAVITY VENTS FOR NEW ROOF BEING INSTALLES. CLOSED ELC-1-17-121 REPAIR ELECTRICAL ON 25 $2,000 EXHAUST FANS CLOSED RF-6-16-1733 REMOVE AND REPLACE 28,200 $1,758,800 SQ FT FLAT ROOF. APPLIED CC-6-17-1550 EXTERIOR CONCRETE REPAIRS $324,600 APPROVED WS-6-17-1615 110 INSTALL 5 WINDOWS & 1 DOOR $8,000 TO REPLACE EXPIRED PERMIT WS16-176 CLOSED EL-10-16-2899 111 FINISH AND INSTALL NEW LIGHT $3,200 POLE IN PLACE OF ONE KNOCKED DOWN ONE. SAME CONDUCT AND WIRING 1 FIXTURE 250 APPLIED RC-8-16-2301 118 REPLACE 50 SQF OF FLOOR TILE $2,500 BY NEW TILE 09/21/2016 bathroom remodeling APPLIED PL-8-16-2302 118 REPLACE 1 BATH TUB, TOILET $1,200 AND VANITY. CLOSED MC-4-17-1054 306 2.5 TON HEAT PUMP CHANGE $3,700 OUT APPROVED RC-1-17-37 313 Kitchen AND 3 BATHROOM $6,000 RENOVATION APPROVED PL-2-17-377 313 KITCHEN AND BATHROOM $1,500 APPROVED EL-1-17-38 313 Kitchen AND 3 BATHROOM $2,500 RENOVATION APPROVED CC-5-17-1352 405 INSTALL LAMINATE FLOOR $3,000 APPROVED CC-5-17-1328 501 PORCELAIN TILE INSTALLATION $15,000 ON MAIN FLOOR TOTAL $2,152,000 T� SHOIf�ES CONDOMINIUM APARTMENTS 1700 NORTHEAST 105TH STREET ON BISCAYNE BAY • MIAMI SHORES, FLORIDA 33138 • PHONE (305) 893-6741 June 9, 2017 Village of Miami Shores Building Department To whom it may concern: Hand Delivered Please be advised that we have hired and entered into a contract with Worldwide Construction & Restoration, Inc. to do our Rebar and Concrete Restoration project. Also, we are under contract with Inspection Engineers, Inc. to perform all engineering and inspection services for this project. If you have any question in this regard do not hesitate to call us. Very Truly, For the Board of Directors Property Search Application - Miami -Dade County Page 1 of 1 4 OFFICE OF THE PROPEKY APPRAISER -:0 Summary Report Property Information Folio: 11-2230-050-0001 Property Address: .............. _.._ Owner ..... _...... _ REFERENCE ONLY Mailing Address PA Primary Zone 4900 MULTI -FAMILY - CONDOMINUM Primary Land Use 0000 REFERENCE FOLIO Beds / Baths / Half 0/0/0 Floors 0 Living Units 0 Actual Area 0 Sq.Ft Living Area 0 Sq.Ft Adjusted Area 0 Sq.Ft Lot Size 0 Sq.Ft Year Built 0 Assessment Information Year 2016 2015 2014 Land Value $0 $0 $0 Building Value $0 $0 $0 XF Value $0 $0 $0 Market Value $0 $0 $0 Assessed Value $0 $0 $0 Benefits Information Benefit Type 2016 2015' 2014 Note: Not all benefits are applicable to all Taxable Values (i.e. County, School Board, City, Regional). Short Legal Description THE SHORES CONDO JULIA D TUTTLE PB B-4 BEG 730.39FTE OF NE COR ANCO SUB PB 53-54 TH E706.61 FT M/L SWLY ALG BLKHD/LINE 296FT W508.61FT Generated On : 6/8/2017 Taxable Value Information 2016 2015i 2014 County Exemption Value $0 $0 $0 Taxable Value $0 $0 $0 School Board Exemption Value $0 $0 $0 Taxable Value $0 $0 $0 city Exemption Value $0 $0 $0 Taxable Value $0 $0 $0 Regional -� Exemption Value $0 ..............._ __.. _._...._ Taxable Value $0i $0 _..... _ $0 $0 $0 Sales Information Previous Sale Price OR Book -Page Qualification Description The Office of the Property Appraiser is continually editing and updating the tax roll. This website may not reflect the most current information on record. The Property Appraiser and Miami -Dade County assumes no liability, see full disclaimer and User Agreement at http://www.miamidade.gov/info/disclaimer. asp Version http://www.miamidade.gov/propertysearch/ 6/8/2017 Detail by Entity Name Page 1 of 3 FWida Department of *tatg De / Division of Corporations / 5earc?i Records / Devi; By Document Number / Detail by Entity Name Florida Not For Profit Corporation �THE-SH'ORES C" O` DOMI ICI UM, INC Filing Information Document Number 707621 FEI/EIN Number 59-1095398 Date Filed 07/21/1964 State FL Status ACTIVE Last Event AMENDMENT Event Date Filed 06/27/2012 Event Effective Date NONE Principal Address 1700 NORTHEAST 105TH STREET MIAMI, FL 33138 Changed: 04/22/2000 Mailing Address 1700 NORTHEAST 105TH STREET MIAMI. FL 33138 Changed: 04/22/2000 Reqistered Agent Name & Address Jara & Associates, PA 19 West Flagler Street Suite 504 Miami, FL 33130 Name Changed: 01/24/2017 Address Changed: 01/24/2017 Officer/Director Detail Name & Address Title Treasurer STUBBS, PATRICIA 1700 NE 105 ST #211 MIAMI SHORES, FL 33138 DiViL,JN 01 C 0RP0RAItI:IW., http://search. sunbiz. org/Inquiry/CorporationSearch/SearchResultDetail?inquirytype=Entity... 6/8/2017 Detail by Entity Name Page 2 of 3 Title P rSAMIWCFNS, CHARL S 1700 NORTHEAST 105TH STREET #301 MIAMI, FL 33138 Title Secretary Grable, Jane 1700 NE 105 ST #117 MIAMI, FL 33138 Title VP RAJO,PEDRO 1700 NE 105 ST #111 MIAMI, FL 33138 Title VP Benavides, Jorge 1700 N.E.105 St #409 Miami Shores, FL 33138 Annual Reports Report Year Filed Date 2016 03/18/2016 2016 12/14/2016 2017 01 /24/2017 Document Images 01/24/2017 -- ANNUAL REPORT View image in PDF format 201.0........,AMENDED..ANNQ.A..L REP.(JRT View image in PDF format 031181 016 --ANNUAL REPORT View image in PDF format 0.11 5"jP1,5-.-. AN. VALFKEEQRT View image in PDF fornicrt 04/02/2014 -- ANNUAL REPORT View image in PDF formal. 03,•31;2013 -- ,ANNUAl.. RF..PORT View image in PDF format 06f2_712012.......,4l7Tendiiient View image in PDF format 02f09/2012 -- ANNUAL RE_POR1 View image in PDF format Qj7 47,f1t)t2....-_Rf'0r::gent-{ h tinge View image in PDF format�� 01119/2011 --ANNUAL REPORT View image in PDF fonnat 09t2 (/2010 -- Rea. Agent r!1_n-ga View image in POF format 05,:04 201.0.......:A,NNtJAL.R-Ef'{iRT View image in PDF format 10114/2009 -- Reg. A.c€ent Change View image in PDF format Oc>!,5/2.QQt3..:.-_Fteg._f.1Si [1i„ han_ge View image in PDF format 04/30/2009 -- ANNUAL REPORT View image in PDF format 04/25/2008 -- ANNUAL REPOR r View image in PDF format http://search. sunbiz. org/Inquiry/CorporationSearch/SearchResultDetail?inquirytype=Entity... 6/8/2017 Detail by Entity Name Page 3 of 3 8a007 -- Rea. Ao;erll, Ct3. in e _.................._.......... 04,•27/2007 -- ANNUAL. REPORT 05101,2006 ANNUAL REPORT 05/0412005 -- ANNUAL REPOR f Q4!19�t704 -- ANNUJ3L. REPORT 04/2A12003 -- ANNUAL REPORT 0112S12002 -- ANNUAL. REPORT 05./1412001 -ANNUAL REPORT 04!222000 -- ANNUAL RLPOR.f. O2!2611999..x....(.N,NUFtE.,_f ETQpJ 04/14/1298 -- ANNUAL REPORT 03;04/1997 -- ANNUAi.. REPORT 01!1811996 ANNUAL REPORT 06114.11 n95 -- ANNUAL REPORT View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF format View image in PDF €onnat View image in PDF format View image in PDF frsrmat�� View image in F'DF format View image in PDF format View image in PDFform �� View image in PDF fnnnai FVie:v image in PDF format View imao�e in F'DF format View image in PDF format FI-,rir, D-I t.- ,:.t of S''t" ! I http://search. sunbiz.org/Inquiry/CorporationSearchISearchResultDetail?inquirytype=Entity... 6/8/2017 1.6---AIADocument A105TM - 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Residential , or Small Commercial Project AGREEMENT made as of the Thirty First day of May in the year 2017 (In words, indicate day, month and year.) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has BETWEEN the Owner: added information needed for its (Name, legal status, address and other information) completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original ,THE SHORES CONDOMINIUM ASSOCIATIONJNC AIA standard form. AvAdditions and 1700 NE 105TH ST Deletions Reporithat np%s adder] .... MIAMI SHORES ,FL 33138 infermatwn as well as revisions to • • 3058936741 ** otmaiard form teA availab" . • ; • lio," the author and should be • and the Contractor: reviewed. A verticaLlir* in the I • • • • (Name, legal status, address and other information) megirbof this do%w9findicat%,% wwarc#he author barb z4 0ed • • WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & RESTORATION,INC macecsary inforrhZtyol�d whe�� • • • 7252 NW 70 ST fteauibr has added to or deleted • • ;rom1haoriginajAIA text. MIAMI FL 33166 • • • • 3058469443 .lihis.dosument fiasimportant leD91• consequences.'t'ohsuI$tion with an • for the following Project: attorney is encouragAUth respect (Name, location and detailed description) to its completion or modification. THE SHORES CONDOMINIUM ASSOCIATION State or local law may impose 1700 1700 NE 1 OSTH ST requirements on contracts for home MIAMI SHORES FL 33138 improvements. If this document will be used for Work on the Owner's CONCRETE RESTORATION residence, the Owner should consult BUILDING PAINT local authorities or an attorney to verify requirements applicable to this The Architect: Agreement. (Name, legal status, address and other information) INSPECTION ENGINEERS,INC , INSPECTION ENGINEERS,INC 13192 SW 130TH ST MIAMI FL 33186 Telephone Number: 305-2328691 PE-c"JVF The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. M. Init AIA Document A105T" - 2007 (formerly A10511' -1993 and A205T-1993). Copyright ®1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05130/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05130/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA29) TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE 3 CONTRACT SUM 4 PAYMENT 5 INSURANCE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS 7 OWNER • 8 CONTRACTOR • ...... .. ...... 9 ARCHITECT .... .... ;••••• .... .... ..... 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK • • • • • • ... ..:..' .. .. .. . ...... 11 TIME •••••• ' 12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY • 14 CORRECTION OF WORK 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 16 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 17 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.1 The Contractor shall complete the Work described in the Contract Documents for the Project. The Contract Documents consist of .1 this Agreement signed by the Owner and Contractor; .2 the drawings and specifications prepared by the Architect, dated , and enumerated as follows: Drawings: Number Title Date INSPECTION ENGINEERS EXTERIOR RESTORATION 05-06-15 REPAIRS -SHORES CONDOMINIUM Specifications: PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS BY: INSPECTION ENGINEERS,INC. DATED:SEPTEMBER 30,2016. Init. AIA Document A105'm — 20071formerly A106TM —1993 and A206TM—1993). Copyright 01993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA* Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 2 this AIA* Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on OW30/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3139ADA29) Section Title Pages 1 SUMARY OF WORK 8 2 COMMON WORK 10 3 JOINT PROTECTION AND 12 4 SEALANT 5 CONCRETE REPAIR 21 6 SPECIFICATION 31 STUCCO SPECIFICATION 33 PAINTING SPECIFICATION .3 addenda prepared by the Architect as follows: Number Date Pages .4 written orders for changes in the Work issued after execution of this Agreement;:nd '....' ... • ...... .5 other documents, if any, identified as follows: '.; • BID PACKAGE AND SPECIFICATIONS 000000 ...... . • • • ..... . ARTICLE 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 0000 .... .... The number of calendar days available to the Contractor to substantially complete the Work iS'ft "(ntract T+rngr: •.:..' The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless otherwise Mtiiddted below.+ihe• 000000 Contractor shall substantially complete the Work, no later than ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY SV'.*r* ) calendar •' days from the date of commencement, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 10 and Article 11.' ; ; • • • • : • 6 6 • 0 (Insert the date of commencement, if it differs from the date of this Agreement.) ; .' .. .•• • .••.•. • ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM § 3.1 Subject to additions and deductions in accordance with Article 10, the Contract Sum is: FOUR HUNDRED FIVE THOUSAND THIRTY four Dollars and ZERO CENTS ($ 405,034.00 ) § 3.2 For purposes of payment, the Contract Sum includes the following values related to portions of the Work: (Itemize the Contract Sum among the major portions of the Work) Portion of Work Value § 3.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: (Identify and state the unit price; state the quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable) [nit AIA Document A105TM — 2007 (formerly A106T —1993 and A205" —1993). Copyright m 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible t under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05/30/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3,89ADA29) Item EDGE SPALL (LF) DECK SPALL REPAIR (SF) DECK SPALL FULL DEPTH (SF) DECK CRACK STRUCTURAL(LF) SOFFIT SPALL (SF) SOFFIT CRACKS(LF) BEAM SPALL(CF) WINDOW SILL SPALL(LF) HEADER SPALL(LF) LOOSE STUCCO(SF) BROWN EYES (EACH) WALL CRACK(LF) COLUMN SPALL(CF) PAINTING AND WATERPROOFING( —SF) POST POCKET REPAIR(EACH) SHUTTER REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION(EACH) BALCONY TILE REMOVAL(SF) BALCONY WATERPROOFING APPLICATION WINDOW CAULKING(LF):CONCRETE TO METAL WINDOW CAULKING(LF: METAL TO GLASS MOBILIZATION PERMIT Units and Limitations Price per Unit ($0.0 672 $65.00 144 $63.00 72 $78.00 240 20.00 312 $75.00 504 $12.00 12 $185.00 2160 $55.00 600 $55.00 1176 $12.75 336 $35.00 432 $12.00 124 $185.00 86000- $0.90 - $43.00 - 265.00 - $2.5 0 000000 - $6.50 0000 $4.75 •wwww' 5.50 wwwwww ww •w § 3.4 Allowances included in the Contract Sum, if any, are as follows: (Identify allowance and state exclusions, if any, from the allowance price) Item Price $14,450.00: • • • $11,500.00 •• • .... ...... • w • w • w • § 3.5 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. If the bidding or proposal documents permit the Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires) § 3.6 The Contract Sum shall include all items and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. ARTICLE 4 PAYMENT § 4.1 Based on Contractor's Applications for Payment certified by the Architect, the Owner shall pay the Contractor, in accordance with Article 12, as follows: (Insert below timing for payments and provisions for withholding retainage, if any.) 10 DAYS AFTER APPROVED BY FOR § 4.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. 5.00 % MONTHLY (nit AIA Document A105T° — 2007 (formerly A105T —1993 and A206T—1993). Copyright 01993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA• Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of It, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible ( under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05/30/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA29) ARTICLE 5 INSURANCE § 5.1 The Contractor shall provide Contractor's general liability and other insurance as follows: (Insert specific insurance requirements and limits.) Type of insurance Limit of liability ($0.00) GENERAL LIABILITY 2,000,000.00 WORKERS COMPENSATION 1,000.00.00 § 5.2 The Owner shall provide property insurance to cover the value of the Owner's property, including any Work provided under this Agreement. The Contractor is entitled to receive an increase in the Contract Sum equal to the insurance proceeds related to a loss for damage to the Work covered by the Owner's property insurance. § 5.3 The Contractor shall obtain an endorsement to its general liability insurance policy to cover the Contractor's obligations under Section 8.12. • • • • § 5.4 Each party shall provide certificates of insurance showing their respective coverages prio;tp8oi tmenc. V`nt of • the Work. ...... .. ...... § 5.5 Unless specifically precluded by the Owner's property insurance policy, the Owner and Conwetor waivta. ; • • • •; rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, suppliers, agents and employees, "ofthe otfiar; ass? (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants and any of their agents and employees, for damages sauced by fire or 014w .... • • .. ; causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance or other insurance applicable to the Wolff • •.. • : .. ..... • • • • • • ARTICLE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS • § 6.1 THE CONTRACT • �..... The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and su ersede p 9' agr p p s'lfiiorne otitttlons • • • • • • •' representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a written modification in accordance with Article 10. § 6.2 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided, or to be provided, by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. § 6.3 INTENT The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. § 6.4 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS Documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service for use solely with respect to this Project. The Architect shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including the copyright. The Contractor, subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the instruments of service solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. The instruments of service may not be used for other Projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Architect. ARTICLE 7 OWNER § 7.1 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 7.1.1 If requested by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish all necessary surveys and a legal description of the site. § 7.1.2 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall obtain and pay for other necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges. snit AIA Document A105T — 2007 (formerly A105T" —1993 and A205Tm—1993). Copyright ©1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA• Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 5 this AIA• Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible t under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 0513012018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3139ADA29) § 72OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may direct the Contractor in writing to stop the Work until the correction is made. § 7.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies, correct such deficiencies. In such case, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted to deduct the cost of correction from payments due the Contractor. § 7.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 7.4.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project. § 7.4.2 The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with the Owner's own forces and separatV contractors • • • • • • employed by the Owner. • • . • ; • • • • • •: • • 0 • 0*0000 • • § 7.4.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shallJr,.11we by the pvty . • responsible therefor. 0000 . • •. • • • • • • • • ••.• .••• •... . ARTICLE 8 CONTRACTOR • • • • • • • • • • ..;.. • § 8.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 000000 0.00 ; • § 8.1.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visit6the site, ..... . • become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlatedpersonal • . •00000 observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. • •...;0 • • 0 • § 8.1.2 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with •: information furnished by the Owner. Before commencing activities, the Contractor shall (1) take field measurements and verify field conditions; (2) carefully compare this and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents; and (3) promptly report errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered to the Architect. § 8.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. § 8.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 8.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work. § 8.3.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of subcontractors or suppliers for each portion of the Work. The Contractor shall not contract with any subcontractor or supplier to whom the Owner or Architect have made a timely and reasonable objection. § 8.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 8.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. § 8.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. AIA Document A106T — 2007 (formerly A105T0A —1993 and A206T—1993). Copyright 01993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights Init. reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of s this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the iaw. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/3012017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05130/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (369ADA29) § 8.5'WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that: (1) materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be new and of good quality unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents; (2) the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted; and (3) the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 8.6 TAXES The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes that are legally required when the Contract is executed. § 8.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES § 8.7.1 The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. § 8.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any known inconsistencies in the Contract Documents with such governmental laws, rules and regulations. § 8.8 SUBMITTALS . The Contractor shall promptly review, approve in writing and submit to the Architect Shop Dvyig�, Product Date, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings, Product QT N y amples and • similar submittals are not Contract Documents. • ...... .... .... . . § 8.9 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, perriW,144! Contract. • Documents and the Owner. • • • • . . . . § 8.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING • • • • • • ...... The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Wfork orio makeits parts fit together properly. ' . ; § 8.11 CLEANING UP The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of debris and trash related to the Work. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove its tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material; and shall properly dispose of waste materials. § 8.12 INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. ARTICLE 9 ARCHITECT § 9.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 9.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work. § 9.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, Init. AIA Document A106TO — 2007 (formerly A105Tm —1993 and A205Tm—1993). Copyright ®1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document Is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 7 this AIA® Document, or any portion of It, may result In severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 0513012018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (369ADA29) since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.4 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor. § 9.5 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. § 9.6 The Architect will promptly review and approve or take appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. § 9.7 The Architect will promptly interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request from either the Owner or Contractor. § 9.8 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 9.9 The Architect's duties, responsibilities and limits of authority as described in the Contract Documents,Aaltnot be changed without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall noti inreasonatT • withheld. • ARTICLE 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 0• § 10.1 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within toe gqWal scopg of Ae Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Tire b8ing ad%ged accordingly in writing. If the Owner and Contractor can not agree to a change in the Contract&M the Owner stall pay the Contractor its actual cost plus reasonable overhead and profit. § 10.2 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving changes in the Co>atract. Sum or the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such orders shall be in writing and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such orders promptly. § 10.3 If concealed or unknown physical conditions are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or from those conditions ordinarily found to exist, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be subject to equitable adjustment. ARTICLE 11 TIME § 11.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. § 11.2 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, the Contract Time shall be subject to equitable adjustment. ARTICLE 12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 12.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum stated in the Agreement, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 12.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 12.2.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for Work completed in accordance with the values stated in the Agreement. Such Application shall be supported by data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may reasonably require. Payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the emit AIA Document MOST"— 2007 (formerly A105TM —1993 and A206TM—1993). Copyright ©1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 8 this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05/30/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA29) Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment stored, and protected from damage, off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. § 12.2.2 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment, all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances adverse to the Owner's interests. § 12.3 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part. § 12.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 12.4.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Contract Documents. § 12.4.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each subcontractor and supplier, upon receipt of payment from the' •' . Owner, an amount determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable subcontracts and Vusellse orders •' § 12.4.3 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have responsibility for payments to a subcontractor or supplier.' ...... . § 12.4.4 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy cf �: Ppoject byot�1e . Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the requirements of the � on*t*raact Documents. . § 12.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.5.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or deognAteo portion theleof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or uglize the4,VV6fkfor its intended use. . • • § 12.5.2 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work is substantially complete. When the Architect determines that the Work is substantially complete the Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish the responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 12.6 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 12.6.1 Upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will inspect the Work. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment. § 12.6.2 Final payment shall not become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect releases and waivers of liens, and data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and final closure of all permits § 12.6.3 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs, including all those required by law in connection with performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent damage, injury or loss to employees on the Work, the Work and materials and �� AIA Document A105Tm — 2007 (formerly A105TM —1993 and A205TM—1993). Copyright 01993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights it reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 9 this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05130/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3139ADA29) equipment to be incorporated therein, and other property at the site or adjacent thereto. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, or by anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. ARTICLE 14 CORRECTION OF WORK § 14.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect as failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting such rejected Work, including the costs of uncovering, replacement and additional testing. § 14.2 In addition to the Contractor's other obligations including warranties under the Contract, the Contractor shall, for a period of one year after Substantial Completion, correct work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 14.3 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 7.3. ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 15.1 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. . . .... ...... § 15.2 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 15.2.1 At the appropriate times, the Contractor shall arrange and bear cost of tests, inspectiog} ;qq approvals of • • 0 a portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, statutes, ordinances, co j%,%Syles and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities. • • • • • • .... .... . . .... .... ..... § 15.2.2 If the Architect requires additional testing, the Contractor shall perform those tests. ...... ; • • *****o 0.. . .. ... § 15.2.3 The Owner shall bear cost of tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requiliJ4w9s until after the , • Contract is executed. � � • � • • § 15.3 GOVERNING LAW • • • •' • The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. .: ARTICLE 16 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT § 16.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR If the Architect fails to certify payment as provided in Section 12.3 for a period of 30 days through no fault of the Contractor, or if the Owner fails to make payment as provided in Section 12.4.1 for a period of 30 days, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed including reasonable overhead and profit, and costs incurred by reason of such termination. § 16.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE § 16.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 is otherwise guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 16.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, after consultation with the Architect, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may .1 take possession of the site and of all materials thereon owned by the Contractor, and .2 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. (� ALA Document A105T — 2007 (formerly A105T —1993 and A205Tm—1993). Copyright® 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights it reserved. WARNING: This AIA• Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 10 this AIAO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05130/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05/3012018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (369ADA29) § 16:2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 16.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 16.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. This obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 16.3 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. The Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. ARTICLE 17 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS (Insert any other terms or conditions below) In addition to article 3.2: All payments will be in a form of AIA G702 and G703.. In addition to article 12.6.2: Progress payments shall not become due,until contractor submits current specific releases of liens from any vendor or subcontractor. Owner shall retain 10% of every progress payment until project completion with the exemption of Permit Fees,Mobilization or Materials. o • In addition to article.2: Contractor's warranty to owner cover work performed for a period of )rive Years fro% . • • • project completion. • • ; • : This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. ...;.. . (If required by law, insert cancellation period disclosures or other warning statements above tbg rjgnatures.l.. • • • OWNER (Signature) Charles Sammons PRESIDENT 1700 NE 105th St Miami Shores F133138 (Printed name, title and address) •••••• • ••• •• • ••• • A m Mora , PRE ENT • • 7252 Nw 70 St Miami Fl 33166 (Printed name, title and address) LICENSE NO.:M616-000-81-170-0 JURISDICTION: knit AIA Document A105TM — 2007 (formerly A105T" —1993 and A205T•—1993). Copyright © 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of 11 this AIA® Document, or arty portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible / under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:14:44 on 05/30/2017 under Order No. 4575496128 which expires on 05/3012018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (369ADA29) D046SI Local Business Tax Receipt Miami —Dade County, State of Florida THIS IS NOTA BILL —DO NOT PAY 6706767 LBT BUSINESS NAMErLOCATION RECE1PT NO. EXPIRES WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & RESTORATION WCRWMIMAL SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 7252 NW 70 ST 6979968 Must be displayed at place of business MIAMI FL 33166 Pursuant to County Code Chapter BA — Art. 9 & 10 OWNER SEC. TYPE OF BUSINESS PAYMCNT RCCCIUCD WORLDWIDE CONST & RESTORATION INQ.96 GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR BY TAX COLLECTOR C/O AYDtN MORA PRES CGC1518854 $75.00 08/02/2016 Worker(s) 9 FPISU06-16-020986 This Local Business Tax Receipt only confirms payment of the Local Business Tax. The Receipt is not a ficense. permit era certification of the bolder's gaal'Ifications, to do basiuen. Bolder a= comply with any govetmnental or nongovernmental regulatory laws and requirements which apply to the business. The RECEIPT NO. above must be displayed on all commercial vehicles —Miami —Dade Code Sec as—M For more Information, visit wwwmiaaddedemayhaxcollaetor KICK Z5(;U r i, UUvcmi-4um KEN LAWSON. SECRETARY STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY LICENSING BOARD LICENSE NUMBER IMMEMIll I ne l7t_NtKAL L:UN I KAU I UK Named below IS CERTIFIED Under the provisions of Chapter 489 FS. Expiration date, AUG 31, 2018 OQUENDO, KEISY WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & RESTORATION, INC 912 EAST 31 ST STREET HIALEAH FL 33013 ISSUED. 09107/2016 _ DISPLAY AS REQUIRED BY LAW SEQ # L1608070000541 A� U® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE °A�/05/2017 O6/05/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Sarai Medina NAME: Emmanuel Insurance & Associates, Inc. acNlro Exe : (305) 693-0003 a (305) 691 4381 EMAIL saiii7@emmanuelinsurance.com ADDRESS: 2370 E 8TH AVE INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC If HIALEAH FL 33013-4236 INSURER A: Preferred Contractors Insurance Co. RRG LLC 12497 INSURED INSURER B WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & RESTO INSURER C : AYDIN MORA INSURER D , 7252 NW 70 ST INSURER E: INSURERF: MIAMI FL 33166 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER NUMBER POLIPOLICY MWDDCY EFF POLICYMMIDDI IXP LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000.00 CLAIMS -MADE ®OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTEU- PREMISES aoccurrence) $ 50,000.00 IVIED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000.00 PERSONAL S ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000.00 PC90316-04 08/17/2016 08/17/2017 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000.00 POLICY ❑ JE° LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000.00 $ OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea aaddent $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY L $ UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS -MADE DED I I RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ N / A E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be atmched it mare apace is required) Concrete Work Miami Shores Village Building Department 10050 NE 2nd Ave Miami Shores, FI 33138 4f;A: L" R R Will 1 Lei :I SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORUMD REPRES7EN,,TrATIVEE .. r�Q/L(,tli i`I�(Q�LiLQi ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Ail riahts reserved CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Date 1 6/2/2017 Producer: Plymouth Insurance Agency This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no 2739 U.S. Highway 19 N. Holiday, FL 34691 rights upon the Certificate Holder. This Certificate does not amend, extend or after the coverage afforded by the policies below. (727) 938-5562 Insurers Affording Coverage NAIC # Insured: South East Personnel Leasing, Inc. & Subsidiaries Insurer A: Lion Insurance Company 11075 Insurer B: 2739 U.S. Highway 19 N. Holiday, FL 34691 Insurer C: Insurer D: Insurer E: Coverages The policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above for the policy period indicated. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be Issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all the terns, exclusions, and conditions of such policies. Aggregate limits shown may have been reduced by paid claims. INSR LTR ADDL INSRD Type of Insurance Policy Number Policy Effective Date Policy Expiration Date Limits (MM/DD/YY) (MM/DD/YY) GENERAL LIABILITY Each Occurrence $ Commercial General Liability Claims Made Occur Damage to rented premises (E4 occurrence) Mad Exp Personal Adv Injury aggregate limit applies per: General Aggregate Policy ❑Project ❑ LOC Products - Comp/Op Agg pUeneral TOMOBILE LIABILITY Combined Single Limit (EA Accident) $ Any Auto All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury Hired Autos Non -Owned Autos (Per Accident) Property Damage (Per Accident) EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY Each Occurrence Occur ❑ Claims Made Aggregate Deductible ---_ A Workers Compensation and WC 71949 01/01/2017 01/01/2018 x WC Statu- I I OTH- Employers' Liability tory Limits EER E.L. Each Accident $1,000,000 Any proprietor/partner/executive officer/member E.L. Disease - Ea Employee $1,000,000 excluded? NO If Yes, describe under special provisions below. E.L. Disease -Policy Limits $1,000,000 Other Lion Insurance Company is A.M. Best Company rated A- (Excellent). AMB # 12616 Descriptions of Operations/Locations/Vehicies/Exclusions added by EndorsemenVSpecial Provisions: Client ID: 91-67-882 Coverage only applies to active employee(s) of South East Personnel Leasing, Inc. & Subsidiaries that are leased to the following "Client Company": Worldwide Construction & Restoration Inc Coverage only applies to injuries incurred by South East Personnel Leasing, Inc. & Subsidiaries active employee(s), while working in: FL. Coverage does not apply to statutory employee(s) or independent contactor(s) of the Client Company or any other entity. A list of the active employee(s) leased to the Client Company can be obtained by faxing a request to (727) 937-2138 or by calling (727) 938-5562. Project Name: ISSUE 06-02-17 (RK) Begin Date 6 23 2014 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION MIAMI SHORES VILLAGE BUILDING DEPARTMENT Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days written notice to the certficate holder named to the left, but failure to do so shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the insurer, its agents or representatives. 10050 NE 2ND AVE MIAMI SHORES, FL 33138 F.2 Inspection 13192 SW 130th Terrace, #102 Miami, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Email: engi3tft ells oath. net Miami Shores Village 10050 NE 2"d. Ave. NE Miami Shores, Fl. 33138-0000 Attention: Building Official Re: Aug 28 to Sep 8, 2017 City Progress Report Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, Fl. Dear Building Official: RECE, QED SEP 2 8 Z17 cr__. Engineers, Inc. Permit # CC-6-17-1550 In the period above described the following inspections were performed. 1. Chipping of spalled edges and decks was completed and steel inspected and approved in terraces Lines 16 and 17. 2. Spalled Pre cast Windowsills and headers were also completed, inspected and approved in above lines. 3. Concrete curbs underneath sliding glass doors were completed, inspected and approved. For any additional questions please call our office at (305) 232-8691. Resp ctfiill Sph o�1 E yl,., t.I C E ri E. ` guia E ° 6?338� .• 7 Flor Regiit!96on No. 38 _ �`•: `�SrgrFoF %Pt • - C S�'.''9r D A ' c�Q�� ''0Hq L 00 .�'� Inspection 13192 MV 130th Terrace, #102 Mianu, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Fanail: engi3tlr bellsouth.net Miami Shores Village 10050 NE 2"1. Ave. NE Miami Shores, Fl. 33138-0000 Attention: Building Official Re: Sep 11 to Sep 22, 2017 City Progress Report Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, Fl. Dear Building Official: Engineers, Inc. Permit # CC-6-17-1550 In the period above described the following inspections were performed. 1. Due to hurricane Irma the project was de -mobilized and re -mobilized. 2. Chipping Work started last week in terraces lines 14 and 15. For any additional questions please call our office at (305) 232-8691. ecjii i% J -ti P;strationA.67338:*:: C E /Vs�'o•67338 ia P.E Z OF l• R I ID • �Ci . i fNAL F- illm%%�� W2365 drian Munguia NE 173rd St Apt 214ami Beach, FL 3316(}4829 ,.. 3 /oo SD Ajf- Z�l. . A" -ti/ � 1u),-Pj , R , 3 3f7 4' 33139--2 39299'11 fill :11111I111rlrIIJ011t1 ` y� Miami Shores Village r9� Building Department 10050 NE 2nd Ave. Miami Shores, FL 33138 305-795-2204 / Fax 305-756-8972 NOTICE TO MIAMI SHORES BUILDING DEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AS SPECIAL RECEIVED INSPECTOR UNDER THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. )UN 0 9 2017 1(We) have been retained by 114-p- fk'"S Z4 ArAr- to perform special inspector services under the Florida Building Code 5u Edition (2014) and Miami Dade County Administrative Code at the f/"W' project on the below listed structure as of 5-e 4. ;0/7 (date). I am a registernti— arch itect/professional engineer licensed in the State of Florida. ,[74 Process Number:yu _ Special Inspector for Reinforced Masonry, Section 2122.4 of the FBC 5'^ Edition (2014) _ ` Miami Dade County Administrative Code, Article II Section 8-22 Special Inspector for wa' _ Trusses > 35 ft. long or 6 ft. high _ Steel Framing and Connections welded or bolted _ Soil Compaction _ Precast Attachments Roofing Applications, Lt. Weight. Insul. Conc. L14her . 0 0 . Note: Only the marked boxes appl • .... ...... The following individual(s) employed by this firm or me is authorized representative to [krforne • • • •' insp ction* • •.' : ....:. ...... 1. _ ss7• 2. • 3. U 0 4. .... *Special inspectors utilizing authorized representatives shall insure the authorized representative is�quaIT ied by • • ..:..' education or licen sure to perform the duties assign by Special Inspector. The qualifications shall incl'uN Nensurees e .. - ........ professional engineer or architect: graduation from an engineering education program in civil or strMuralengineering;• • • graduation from an architectural education program; successful completion of the NCEES Fundam(:Ildl:1':amination; • or registration as building inspector or general contractor. ' ' :.. •:. I (we) will notify the Miami Shores Building Department of any changes regarding authorizers persorm • • • • performing inspection services. • I (we), understand that a Special Inspector inspection log for each building must be displayed in a convenient location on the site for reference by the Miami Shores Building Department Inspector. All mandatory inspections, as required by the Florida Building Code, must be performed by the Miami Shores Building Department .Inspections performed by the Special Inspector hired by the owner are in addition to the mandatory inspections performed by the department. Further, upon completion of work under each Building Permit, I will submit to the Building Inspector at the time of the final inspection the completed inspection log form and a sealed statement indicating that, to the best of my knowledge, belief and professional judgment those portions of the project outlined above meet the intent of the Florida Building Code and are in substantial accordance with the approval plans. Engineer/Architect _N EE. MNUS /V(3' • .''•9, * Name i Pr'•int = p,7338 S - 173 2�2 Address ¢_ .p'. STATE OF ' P '2 • �c .r1 .%• �,'�.$ ,,ONAL��.� Inspection 13192 SIV 130th Terrace, #102 Mi.n . FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 &nail: engi3ob ells outh. net Engineers, Inc. 71.E. PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE RESTORATION .. '••• .... •••:•• ...... '� ...... .. . ...... .... .... .... .... . . ..... ...... .... . .. .... ..... ...... THE SHORES CONDOMINIUM : • • • • ."". .' 1700 NE 105" Street •" ' Miami Shores, F7,8 �; pA C RF Rn�t.., , Prepared by:''1-- INSPECTION ENGINEERS INC. 7 13192 SW 130 TERRACE, SUITE 102 MIAMI. FL 33186 September 30, 2016 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1: BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Section I: Invitation to Bid...............................................................3 Section II: Instructions to Bidders.......................................................4 Section III: Bid Form......................................................................5 DIVISION 2: PROJECT MANUAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 1: Summary of Work............................................................8 Section 2: Common Work Including Demolition......................................10 Section 3: Joint Protection and Sealants.................................................12 Section 4: Concrete Repair Specifications.............................................21 Section 5: Stucco Specifications.........................................................31 Section 6: Painting Specifications.......................................................33 .... ...... .... ...... 2 Division I: Bidding and Contract Requirements Section I: Invitation to Bid INVITATION TO BID Owner: The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105t" Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Engineer: Inspection Engineers, Inc. 13192 SW 130`h Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Attn: Douglas H. Mercado General Contractor: Your firm is invited to submit an offer under seal to the On -site Manager located at the above address delivered to the Condominium office, before 5:00 PM local time on November 23, 2016 for the following project. . . Description: Concrete Restoration .... ...... ' ...... .. . ...... Bid documents for a Stipulated Sum/Unit Price contract may be obtained ffmf t1Te office ' :....: of the Engineer free of charge for one set. Documents can only be obtained by the • • • • •.... • • .. ..... General Contractor. 6 0:6 0: . .. ....' Refer to other bidding requirements described in Instruction to Bidders, att1d ild: • • . • . • •••••• Submit your offer on the Bid Form provided. Bidders are required to complete Aid • • • • : • • • • •" Form. Bidders may supplement this form as appropriate. Your offer will be required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 90 days after submission. The owner reserves the right to accept or reject all offers. The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105`" Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Attn: Board of Directors Ph: (305) 893-6741 theshorescondogatt.net 3 Section II: Instructions to Bidders INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - AIA 1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS These Instructions To Bidders amend or supplement the Instructions To Bidders (AIA Document A701, 1997 Edition) and other provisions of the Bidding and Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Repair Specifications prepared by Inspection Engineers B. Invitation to Bid C. Bid Form — Unit Prices D. Supplements to Bid Form E. Supplementary Conditions — AIA . . 1. Insurance requirements. .... ...... • 2. Bond types and values. ...... .. . ...... 2.1 SITE EXAMINATION .... .... ..... ...... . .. ..... A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. .. .. .... ...... B. The bidder is required to contact the Owners Representative at the • • • • • • following phone number in order to arrange a date and timet9.disst the... • :"": project site: Attn: Board of Directors Ph: (305) 893-6741 theshorescondo@att.net 2.2 PREBID CONFERENCE A. A bidders' conference has been scheduled for 1 PM on the 9th day of November, 2016 at the site. B. All general contract Bidders are invited. C. Representatives of the Owner and Engineer will be in attendance. 2 Section III: Bid Form BID FORM — UNIT PRICES To: The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Project: Concrete Restoration Date: Submitted by: (full name) Address: 1. OFFER Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and the Contract Documents prepared by the Engineer for tie above • • • •, .....0 referenced project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Cdntrac3 to .... Y • perform the Work for the Unit Prices listed in this bid from in lawful mo%rof the • • • • • • • • • United Sates America. Y Y Y Y Y Y :....: of .... .... . . Y • Y •••• YYYY Y YYYY All applicable federal taxes are included and State of Florida, Dade/Brp"4rA Coulty Y. Y Y: Y Y' and are included in the Unit Prices. 000000 Y Y * Y • • • 90099 YYYYYY Y Y 2. ACCEPTANCE • 0000 • • This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for ninety days. 0 the 4JA :"": closing date. ' 04 If this bid is accepted by the Owner within the time period stated above, we will: Execute the Agreement within seven days of receipt of acceptance of this bid. Furnish the required bonds within fourteen days of receipt of acceptance of this bid on the form described in Supplementary Conditions. Commence work within two weeks after written acceptance of this bid. 3. CONTRACT TIME Complete the Work in () calendar weeks from commencement of Work. 5 4. UNIT PRICES AND ESTIMATED QUANTITIES Please provide Unit Prices and total prices for each task including labor and materials. Item Quantities Unit Cost (US Dollars) Total Cost US dollars Edge S all LF 672 Deck S all Regular (SF) 144 Deck S all Full Depth SF 72 Deck Cracks Structural LF 240 Soffit S all SF 312 Soffit Crack LF 504 Beam S all (CF) 12 Windowsill S all LF 2,160 Header S all LF 600 Loose Stucco SF 1,176 Brown Eyes Each 336 Wall Crack LF 432 Column S all CF 124 Painting and Waterproofing SF + 86,000 Mobilization LS 1 - • • • Permits LS 1 Total • • i •••••• • (+) painting and waterproofing must include removal and replacing o Jeff existigg • • • • exterior caulk around windows and doors. 5. APPENDICES • The following information is included with the Bid submission: ••; 1. Copy of General Contractor license. 2. Letter from concrete repair and waterproofing/paint manufacturer(s) indicating approved applicator status. 3. Sample warranties. 4. Certificates of insurance. 5. List of five projects in which concrete repair and waterproofing work similar to that specified herein was successfully completed. Included are: project name and location, owner of project, contact person and phone number, brief description of work and value, date of completion, and Engineer involved. 6. Technical data sheets for products intended for use if different from that specified. 6 6. BID FORM SIGNATURE (S) The Corporate Seal of (Bidder — print full name of firm) was hereunto affixed in the presence of: (Authorized signing officer) (Seal) (Authorized signing officer) (title) (title) . . .... ...... ...... .. . ...... .... .... . . .... .... .. .. . .. ..... ....... .. .. .... ...... . . . . ...... 7 Division II: Proiect Manual Specifications SECTION 1: SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION Please refer to the enclosed repair specifications. 1.02 CONTRACT BONDS A. The Contractor might be required to furnish and pay for a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the full amount of the Contract as indicated within the Contractor's proposal. B. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to furnish said bonds (in such form and amount as the Owner may prescribe) at time of executing the Contract. Cost of the bond premiums shall be reimbursed separately by the Owner to the Contractor. Please provide a breakdown of the fees for the bond,... C. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner at* the time.'df * . executing the Contract, or if the work is commenced prior theretq jigxpsponse to. a letter of intent, Contractor shall, before commencement of the.work, submit. satisfactory evidence that the bonds will be issued within the time•2teeeptable•ty - the Owner. ": °': : .". .. .. .... ...... D. The bonds shall be issued by a Surety Company satisfactory to the •O;vner and • ...... duly authorized to operate within the State, and the Contractor stall.fe�quire'the attorney in fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety, to affix • thereto certified and current copies of the permit to operate and of power of attorney, indicating the monetary limit of such power. E. The Owner, at his option, reserves the right to place the Bonds at his own expense, with companies through agents of his own choosing. 1.03 OWNER PARAMETERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During construction, the Contractor may assume the following requirements/restrictions: All work shall be performed from Monday to Friday (non -holiday days) between 8:30 am to 5:30pm. 8 1.04 A. 1.05 2. Installer will be provided areas for employees parking, staging and deliveries. 3. Removal and installation of all structural systems must be performed in a safe manner and coordinated with management. 4. Contractor shall provide barriers for security and to protect each unit from the weather elements during construction when not working. 5. Daily work shall be limited to the amount of work that can be removed and closed up during that time period. 6. Contractor shall maintain a staff representative to remain on site during working hours to handle emergency conditions causing hardship to residents. 7. Contractor shall provide safeguards during construction to provide safety and protection of adjacent public and private properties in strict compliance with chapter 13 of Existing Building, FBC 04 SCHEDULING The contractor shall provide a detail schedule for all work on a floor to floor unit to unit and elevation (north, south, and east) basis. Schedule shall detliV. dates for removal and installation of each glass panel. . . .... ...... • ...... .. . ...... CONTRACTS • • • • • • .... .... . . Standard AIA Document. "" ...... . .. ..... Other Supplementary AIA Documents. .•.•' ' .:. .' ...... . ...... . . . . . . ..... . ...... END OF SECTION ' ' a a 00 SECTION 2: COMMON WORK INCLUDING DEMOLITION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the restoration work as specified herein. B. Demolish, remove, and/or relocate all parts of existing work as specified or directed and as required by the conditions of the job, plans, and specifications, including but not limited to the following: 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall visit site to determine actual scope of restoration requirements. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 Work shall be executed in an orderly and careful manner, with due consideration for the owner, who must continue to occupy the building throughout the period covered by the work. 2.02 All work performed under this Section shall fully comply with the requirements and regulations set forth by all governing authorities. ." .. . .... 2.03 When demolishing work against adjoining spaces, leave adequate support at e'dah' stage and arrange for inspection by the Owner. Proceed with subsequent deriAttion as • instructed. Do not disturb adjoining spaces. ."". ." 2.04 Remove all demolition materials, debris, and rubbish from the site as soon as • • • • practicable. Do not permit any accumulation on the site. 2.05 After completion of the demolition work, leave area neat and orderly..' •: ... 2.06 Protect the work scheduled to remain and, if damaged, repair to match existing work. 2.07 Protect parts of the existing work scheduled to remain, such as existing partitions, cabinets, tile etc. Cut away carefully, the parts to be demolished to reduce the amount of necessary repairs. 2.08 Prevent accumulation of debris and overloading of any parts of the structure. 2.09 Prevent access of unauthorized persons to partly demolished structures and work. 10 2.10 The Contractor shall be responsible for the legal disposal of excess and demolition materials in area or areas, away from the side of the work, without incurring any liability against the Owner. 2.11 The Contractor shall exercise extreme care in the removal and handling of the materials indicated or specified to be reused. Reusable material that is damaged by improper care or negligence of Contractor's employees shall be replaced by the Contractor with new equal material at no extra cost to the Owner. 2.12 Contractor shall cut and patch all items and finish to accommodate installation of new materials. 2.13 Repair all adjacent existing finishes or paint structures damaged in the process of demolition. Substrates from which existing finishes have been removed, which are to receive new finishes, shall be scraped clear of all traces of mortar, adhesives, etc. 2.14 Contractor shall provide safety and protection of adjacent public and private properties in strict compliance with chapter 13 of Existing Building, FBC 04 END OF SECTION . . .... ...... ...... .. . ...... .... .... . . .... .... ..... ...... . .. ..... .. .. .... ...... . . . . ...... 11 SECTION 3: JOINT PROTECTION AND SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants B. Primer C. Sealant backing D. Bond breaker 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work caulking and sealing of joints as required to seal the perimeters of openings in walls, penetrations in walls, expansion and control joints and as required to weatherproof the building envelope. Provide all items, articles, materials, operations, or methods listed, mentioned, or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein, including labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for the completion of Joint Sealant work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Sealant and caulking terms specified herein comply with the definitions• br. ASTM C717 •��� •����� ...... .. . ...... 1.04. SUBMITTALS • A. PRODUCT DATA: Include manufacturer's surface preparation and ixstallatione • • .... .... ....* application instructions. ....• • ...... . .. . .. .. .... ...... B. Submit samples of sealant colors. :":': •. . . . . ...... C. SAMPLES: One cartridge of each type and color of sealahu to: be used; samples of backing material. • D. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a certificate stating that the compound has met the requirements specified or detailed within the construction documents. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Installing Applicator shall have been in the sealant and caulking business for over five (5) years. B. MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY 12 1. Manufacturer's representative shall provide an inspection of the work just prior to the start of the work, in order to insure that any physical conditions which would result in defective work are properly corrected before materials are applied. The manufacturer will insure that properly instructed personnel are available to do the work and that proper procedures are being followed. Such inspection shall be reported in writing to the owner for correction prior to the proceeding with the work. 2. The Applicator shall notify the manufacturer at least 72 hours prior to the time inspection is required. 3. Failure or refusal of the manufacturer to provide the inspection and supervision as required by this article shall constitute grounds for non - acceptability of materials manufactured by him even though such manufacturers have been specified and/or approved. 1.06 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C717 Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants 2. ASTM C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3. ASTM C962 Standard Guide for Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealants B. Federal Specifications (FS) 1. TT-S-227 Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Multi -component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) . • • • •. 2. TT-S-230 Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single cojVpopent (FPI, caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) ...... •.. • : 3. TT-S-1543 Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base ( for cWlAfig, sealing and glazing in Buildings) .""61666 . . • • • •0600 . 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE .. .. .... ...... A. Qualifications: Application/installation of sealant and caulking matgrials I%aH: • be by a licensed applicator skilled and experienced in tfle. %Itlication/ . installation of sealants and caulking compounds • • B. Compatibility Tests: Primers and sealants shall be tested by the manufacturer for compatibility and adherence with materials to which application is indicated. Submit test reports certifying compatibility at least 30 days before application C. Approved in accordance with Miami Dade County Test Protocols 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with the installation of sealants and caulking compounds during inclement weather unless the installation complies with the manufacturer's instructions B. Schedule installation and cure of elastomeric sealants during period of relatively low temperatures (but well within manufacturer's recommended range) so that subsequent tensile stresses upon cured sealants will be 13 minimized. 1.09 COOPERATION A. Work of this section shall be provided and coordinated as required through procedures of construction that will insure safety and security. 1.10 GUARANTEE A. Furnish written guarantee for all Sealant and Caulking work stating that said work shall be free from any defects of material and/or workmanship for a period of five (5) years, commencing on the date of final completion and acceptance. B. Guarantee shall be jointly signed by Manufacturer, and Applicator. C. Said guarantee shall further state that sealants and caulking are guaranteed against the following: 1. Adhesive or cohesive failure of sealants and caulking in joints where movement does not exceed capability of sealant or caulking. 2. Any crazing greater than 3 mils in depth developing on the surface of the sealant material. 3. Any staining of the surfaces adjacent to the joints, by the sealafliS,'. primers, or joint filler materials, by migration throug%.*q buil�j** materials in contact with them. ...... '..' 4. Any visible chalking or color change on the cured surface -of the sealant.- 5. Leakage or inflexibility of materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS • • • • • • • 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS A. Sealant Type 1: 1. Polysulfide base, one -part, chemical curing. 2. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 16 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 25; maximum 35. 4. Conforming to requirements of TT-S-230, Type 11, Class A. 5. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 6. Color: Selected by Engineer. 14 C. 1] Sealant Type 2: Sealant Type 3: Sealant Type 4: 7. Polysulfide base, two-part, chemical curing. 8. Non -sagging type for application in vertical joints. 9. Uniform, homogenous and free from lumps, skins and coarse particles when mixed. 10. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 16 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 11. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 15, maximum 50. 12. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-227, Type 11, Class A. 13. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 14. Color: Selected by the Engineer. 15. Polyurethane base, one -part, chemical curing. . . 16. Non -sagging type for application in vertical Joints? • • • • • • • • 17. Capable of being immersed in water, withstand movemex* • • • • up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactorilyftpplied ... • • •: • •. ... . .. ..... throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees.to P • degrees Fahrenheit. . • ..... . 18. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 15, maximum 5Q. ; ..... • 19. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-230; fiype 11, • 0 • • 0 • Class A. 20. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 21. Color: Selected by Engineer. 22. Polyurethane base, two-part, chemical curing. 23. Self -leveling type for application in horizontal joints. 24. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement of up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 25. Uniform, homogenous, and free from lumps, skins, and coarse particles when mixed. 15 E. F G. 26. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 30; maximum 35. 27. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-227, Type 1, Class A. 28. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 29. Color: Selected by Engineer. Sealant Type 5: 30. Acrylic base, one -part, solvent curing. 31. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 7 1/2 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 32. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 55. 33. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 34. Conforming to requirements of ASTM C834. 35. Color: Selected by Engineer. • • • • . . .... ...... Sealant Type 6: •••••• •• •••••• 36. Silicone base, one -part, solvent curing. .... .... . . .... .... 37. Withstand movement up to 25 percent of joint width and .. ..... ....' satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature rmge of4b • •' • • • •: • degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. . . . . ...... 38. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 50. • 39. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-1543, Type 11, ' • Class A., non -staining. 40. Color: Selected by Engineer. Sealant Type 7: 41. Silicone base, two-part. 42. Withstand movement up to 50 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 43. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 21. 44. Conforming to requirements of: (a) ASTM C920 (b) FS TT-S-00227E, Type 11, Class A. 16 H. Sealant Type 8: 45. Non -staining. 46. Color: Selected by Engineer. 47. Silicone base, one -part moisture cure 48. Shore A hardness: 15 49. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-00230C, Type II Class A 50. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-001543A I. Back-up Materials: 51. As recommended by caulking or sealant manufacturer and compatible with each material. 52. Preformed material sized to require 25 percent to 50 percent compression upon insertion in joint. 53. Do not use materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or • • • • •. similar materials. J. Bond Breakers: Where joints are not of sufficient depth to recjt'%gback-up.;. material install polyethylene bond -breaking tape at back of joint.....' '....' K. Primer: • .. .. .... 54. As recommended by manufacturers of caulking:or sealant ' • used. • ""' 55. Type that will seal the surfaces and prevent adsorption of • •; the vehicle essential to the retention of elasticity by the caulking or sealant compound. L. Accessories: Provide solvent, cleaning agents and other necessary materials as recommended by the caulking or sealant manufacturer essential for a complete installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate surfaces and joints to be sealed and conditions under which work is to be performed and correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 17 WIN PREPARATION A. Verify joint dimensions, physical, and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this Section. B. Joints and spaces to be sealed or caulked shall be cleaned of dir, dust, mortar, oil and other deleterious substances that may impair bond or adversely affect the sealing or caulking work. Surfaces shall be dry before application of sealants or caulking compounds. C. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. D. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. E. Remove loose materials and foreign matter, which might impair adhesion of sealant. F. Clean and prime joint under provisions of manufacturer's instructions. G. Perform preparation under provisions of manufacturer's instructions. H. Protect elements surrounding work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work under provisions of ASTM C1193 for solvent refezgse ;nd ;;;; ••�;•• ASTM C1193 for latex base sealants. ...... '..' ....:. B. Install sealant under provisions of manufacturer's instruction. .... .... • • • • • • . . C. ... .... Concrete, masonry, stucco and other surfaces, if recommended bx t ; sealant • ..... • • ; • • manufacturer, shall be primed before applying sealant. Primer shAllZe applied.' ...... with a brush that will reach all parts of joints to be filled with sga)T*,, . . . •; ...... C. . Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depi . . ratios. • • • • • ..... . • D. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridged and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended temperature range. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Apply generally with caulking gun of proper nozzle size to fit joints. H. Apply with sufficient pressure to fill joint from backing to surface. I. For joints in flat surfaces, neatly tool compound slightly concave with proper tools. J. Execute finishing of caulking around frames with coving tool. K. As work progresses, immediately remove compound that may accidentally flow onto adjoining surfaces using manufacturer's recommended solvent and cleaners. Remove excess material from joints immediately. 18 L. At completion, carefully check all joints for damage and repair -damaged joints. M. Clean adjoining surfaces. N. Protect sealants and caulking until cured. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Exterior: B. Interior: 1. Perimeters of exterior openings where frames meet exterior facade of building: 2. Expansion and control joints in exterior surfaces of poured -in -place concrete walls: 3. All exterior frames. 1. Seal interior perimeters of exterior openings: 2. Interior control and expansion joints in floor surfaces: • 3. Perimeters of interior frames: .....• .. 4. Exposed interior control joints in drywall: • • • • • • 5. Control joints in drywall, perimeter, and betAwo metal • • • • • framing and substrate in sound rated partitiofis:' •: : .". 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Perform inspections necessary to assure proper preparation of locations and•: joints to receive sealants and caulking and to assure compliance with manufacturer's instructions for mixing, installation, curing and protection. B. After curing of exterior joints exposed to weather, test for leaks by applying a stream of water perpendicular to the surface from a %Z inch or 5/8 inch hose at normal city water pressure. Test at least ten percent of the exposed joint system. C. Repair leaks if any and retest as directed. 3.06 CLEANING A. Confine compounds to joint areas indicated by use of masking tapes or other precautions to prevent spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progresses and clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage. 19 3.07 CHANGE ORDERS A. Any relation or deviation from the specifications involving extra costs will be executed only upon written orders and will become extra charges over the above control 3.08 TIME PERFORMANCE A. Work is to be completed within a reasonable time from commencement to completion of job (weather permitting) as indicated in contract 3.09 INSURANCE A. All workers are to be fully covered by workers compensation insurance B. All vehicles and/or equipment are to be fully insured by the contractor END OF SECTION .... . . .... ...... . . ...... .. . ...... ...... . ...... .... .... . . . . . . ... .... ....• ...... . .. ..... . . . . .. .. .... ...... ...... . . . . . . ...... . . ...... .. . ... . . 00 20 SECTION 4: CONCRETE REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnishing of materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to repair, restore and waterproof deteriorated concrete of all balconies, soffits and exterior wall surfaces of all Structures. (See scope of work for details). B. Install shoring as directed or as needed to perform the Work. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various sections of the specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate dumpster location, staging and storage requirements with thg. Owner. 400900 ...... .. . .... 1.03 EXAMINATION """ ...... .... .... . . A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces ara • • • • • • • • • • • • • acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work meMS=eptahce '. '•"'• .. .. .... of existing conditions. ...... • . . . . ...... B. ....% Verify that utility services are available, of the correct char4ctelistics •; in location. "' ' and the correct .: • . 1.04 REFERENCES A. Referenced Codes and Standards: ICRI guidelines for Concrete Restoration shall be followed along with Florida Building Code 2010 edition. Use the latest standard in all cases. 1. ACI 201.1 R Guide for making a condition survey of concrete in service. 2. ACI 228.1 R In -Place methods to estimate concrete strength 3. ACI 301 "Standard Specification for Structural Concrete" 4. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforce Concrete." 5. ACI 347 "Guide to Formwork for Concrete Framework" 21 6. ACI 304R "Guide for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete" 7. ACI 503.4 Standard specification for repairing concrete with epoxy mortars. 8. ACI 506.2 Specification of concrete 7. ACI 546R- "Concrete Repair Guide." 8. ASTM C33 "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" 9. ASTM C94 "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete." 10. ASTM C150 "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" 11. ASTM C260 "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete" 12. ASTM C309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" • • • • • • . . .... ...... 13. ASTM C469 "Standard Test Method for Static Mod"j f •„'•; ....;. Elasticity and Poisson's Ratio of Concrete in Compression" • .... .... . . 14. ... ASTM C494 "Standard Specification for Chemical Aomixture,�.fo.ol. .....• • .. ... • 0; •, Concrete" ..•..' '.:..' ...... 15. ASTM A 615 "Standard Specification for Grade 60 Defdrmed:axd: • """ Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete" '.: • 16. ASTM C881 "Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Band Bonding Systems for Concrete" 17. ASTM C1042 "Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Latex Systems Used With Concrete. 18. "Guide for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel Corrosion" (Article No. 310.1R-2008, formerly Guideline No. 03730) International Concrete Repair Institute, Technical Guidelines. 19. "Guide for Selecting Application Methods for Repair of Concrete Surfaces"( Article No. 320.1R-1996, formerly Guideline No. 03731) International Concrete Repair Institute. Technical Guidelines. 22 20. ICRI Guideline No. 03733- Guide for selecting & Specifying Materials for repair of Concrete Surfaces. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330 B. Submit copy of recommended manufacturer's product installation instructions. C. Approval by Engineer is required before beginning Work affected by submittals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications: Acceptable to the manufacturer with documented experience of at least 5 years on projects of similar nature. B. Comply with Manufacturers' instructions related to mixing and placing of the materials. . . 00*0 • .... ...... C. Protection of Work: Protect installed work and prohibit traffiec 1 storage upon waterproofed or coated surfaces. • • • • • • .... .... . . 1.07 DELIVERY, .... STORAGE and HANDLING • • • • • • .... ..... • • • • • • • A. .. .. Delivery products in original unopened containers with the manufacturer's .... ...... ; . .... • name, labels, product identification and batch number. • • B. Store and condition the specified products as recommended by the • manufacturer. Products shall remain unopened until ready for use. C. Where mixing of components is required, use complete pre -measured units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. BASF B. Sto Corporation C. Aquafin Corp 23 D. Sika Corp 2.02 PATCHING AND REPAIR MATERIALS Subject to compliance with other requirements in this specification, provide the following materials. A. Structural Repair Mortar: Provide single component shrinkage - compensated, cement based mortar for structural repair of distressed horizontal, vertical or overhead concrete. Form & Pour or Form and Pump. 1. Emaco 5-66 or LA40 by BASF 2. StoPatch Extended Mortar CR 211 X by Sto Corp. 3. Mortar- Screed by Aquafin 4. Sikacrete SCC by Sika Corp B. Surface Repair Mortar: Provide single component Polymer -modified cementitious non -sag repair mortar for resurfacing of horizontal, vertical or overhead concrete. Depending on application and required repair provide: ' ....' .. , ... 1. Gel -Patch by BASF """ ' • ' •' • • • 2. Sto Overhead Repair Mortar CR 702 by Sto Corp ; • • • • ; 3. Mortar V/O by Aquafin *Doe** ' ....' ..... 4. Mortar VOH by Sika Corp • • • • 9009 *Goo: • • C. Suface Repair Mortar for thin patches and re -skimming or low, areas: Polymer -Modified cementitious, flowable repair mortar; -Provi ; •• • ••• , • • 1. Emaco R-300 by BASF • 2. Sto Skim Coat CR 216 by Sto Corp 3. Mortar 40 by Aquafin 4. SikaTop 122 Plus by Sika Corp D. Aggregate: Shall conform to ASTM C 33. Aggregate for incorporation with bagged mortar shall be 3/8", well graded non -reactive and cleaned. Added aggregate shall be within the manufacturer's recommended addition rates. E. Water: Clean and potable. 2.03 RELATED MATERIALS A. Epoxy Bonding Agent: Provide 100% solids, two component epoxy bonding compound for bonding new 24 concrete to existing surfaces. Epoxy bonding agent shall meet ASTM C 881, Type III, Grade B or C material. 1. Concresive Epoxy Series By Master Builders 2. Sikadur Series by Sika Corp B. Where necessary add Bonding Agent and Anti -Corrosion Reinforcing Bar Coating: Provide polymer -modified, cement based coating with micro silica to provide protection for steel reinforcing. Provide a minimum 24- hour open time. 1. Emaco P24 by BASF 2. Sto Bonding and Anti -Corrosion Agent CR 246 by Sto Corp. 3. Rebar PrimerBond-CI by Aquafin 4. Armatec 110 by Sika Corp C. Evaporation Retarder: Provide a spray applied Monomolecular film that reduces the rate of surface moisture evaporation under hot, dry or windy conditions. • u • 1. Confilm by Master Builders • • • • • • 2. Sikafilm by Sika Corp •' D. Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Shall conformto • • • • ASTM C 309-93, Type I at a minimum application rate of 2DD § uare:.", •• •• feet per gallon. .... ,,,, •, , 1. Kure 1315 by BASF • E. Epoxy Injection Resin: Two -component moisture -insensitive 100% • solids epoxy adhesive designed for injection grouting. 1. Concresive Liquid LVI by BASF 2. Sikadur Series by Sika Corp F. Surface Seal: The surface seal material for epoxy injection is that material used to confine the injection adhesive in the fissure during injection. This material shall have sufficient strength to resist injection pressures to prevent leakage during injection. 1. Concresive Paste Series by BASF 2. Sikadur 33 by Sika Corp G. Urethane Injection Resin: Polyurethane injection resin designed to sealing water leaks in concrete. Used in a port to port injection method. 25 1. Concresive 1230 by BASF 2. Inject Pro by Aquafin 3. Sikafix HH by Sika Corp 2.04 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing steel: Conforming to ASTM A 615-94, 60-ksi-yield grade billet -steel deformed bars. B. Stirrup Steel: Conforming to ASTM A 615, 40-ksi-yield grade billet - steel deformed bars. 2.05 ALTERNATE TRANSIT MIXES A. General: Alternate transit mixes may be considered for selective applications. However, bids shall be based on pre -mixed bagged repair materials. B. Contractor shall submit mix design and supporting back-up data for .... proposed transit mix. One of the three design methods referenced in XC-i • • 318 must be used. 0 . • • • . • ...... .. ...... C. Concrete mixes to be produced and delivered conforming to ASTM C 94... Materials and the mix must conform to the following requirements: " • • • • • 1. Water/cement ratio shall not exceed .40 by weight....... 2. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II. . 3. Admixtures: ASTM C 494. 000 : • • 9 0 4. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 00 0 000 5. Aggregates: ASTM C 33 00 6. Fibrous Reinforcement: Use polypropylene fibers at a rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard. 7. Water: Potable PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. All repair areas shall be prepared in accordance with International Concrete Repair Institute's "Guide for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel Corrosion" (Guideline No. 03730.) This includes but is not limited to the following. 1. Remove loose or deteriorated concrete above corroded reinforcing steel. Removals shall be performed with chipping hammers or 26 I5 other Engineer's approved method. Chipping hammers shall not be in excess of 15 pound rating. 2. Once removals are made, proceed with undercutting of all exposed corroded bars. Undercutting will provide clearance for under the bar cleaning. Concrete shall be removed such that a _ inch clearance under the bar is achieved, or'/4 inch greater than the largest aggregate used in the repair. 3. Concrete removals shall extend along the bars to locations along the bar free of bond inhibiting corrosion. Removals shall extend two inches beyond the location of corrosion -free bars. 4. If non -corroded reinforcing bars are exposed during the undercutting, care will be taken not to damage the bond between the bar and the concrete. 5. Loose reinforcement shall be secured in place by tying to other secured bars or by approved method. 6. Engineer shall determine the necessity of replacing ox . .... ...... . . • • supplementing reinforcing steel with reduced cross seMo4al areas. • ...... . caused by corrosion damage. ' 000 ...... .... .... . . 7. Repair configurations should be kept as simple as posSib% to "" ' • • •' minimize boundary edges. • • • • • • • .. .. .... ...... 8. At edge locations, provide right angle cuts to the concrete SurfacL..:. by saw -cutting 3/4 inch or less as required avoiding dutti�i ; ; • • • • ; • • reinforcing steel. .. 9. After removals and edge conditioning are complete, remove bond - inhibiting materials by abrasive blasting or high pressure water blasting. Check concrete surfaces after cleaning to insure that the surface is free from loose aggregates. 10. Presoak repair substrate to a saturated surface dry condition. Bar Coating and Bonding Options Following completion of repair preparation, apply anti -corrosion reinforcing bar coating to the exposed reinforcing steel. 2. Bond the repair material to the prepared area with one of the following methods. 27 a. Apply the epoxy -bonding agent to the prepared concrete surface according to manufacturer's instructions. b. Apply a slurry bond coat of the repair material to the prepared area with a stiff bristle brush or broom. Do not allow the slurry to dry prior to installation of the repair material. Do not re -temper this bond coat. 3.02 MIXING A. Mechanical mixing is recommended with the use of a slow speed drill with a jiffler-type paddle, or in an appropriate mortar mixer. Typical mixing time is 3-5 minutes. Do not add more water than is recommended by the manufacturer. Do not mix longer than 5 minutes. Mix so material is consistent throughout the mix. B. Only that portion of material that can be properly mixed within 10 minutes of application should be mixed. 3.03 APPLICATION. .... . . .... ...... A. Apply fresh mortar to the bond coat. Place repair mortar acc(5?ding to •":' • • • ...... ..... .. . manufacturer's recommendations. • • •: • • B. Evaporation Retarder: Where rapid surface evaporation may oeear, • "' • ""' in hot, windy conditions, apply specified evaporation retarder according lq • • • • .. . • manufacturer's recommendations. ' C. Finishing: Completed repair surfaces should be straight, true:ana match; ; • • • • • • • • • • existing profiles. Do not overwork the surface. : .' . • • • • • • 3.04 CURING A. All repaired surfaces must be cured for a minimum of 5 days with one of the following methods. 1. Wet cure with burleen or wet carpet 2. Ponding 3. Sheeting material 4. Liquid membrane -forming curing compound. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protect cured areas from storage and traffic during curing period. 3.05 CRACK REPAIR A. Epoxy Injection 28 1. Preparation: Prepare the area and cracks to be injected in the following manner. a. Surfaces adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, oil, and grease or other foreign matter, which may be detrimental to bond of injection surface seal. b. Entry ports shall be provided along the crack at intervals of not less than the thickness of concrete at that location. C. Surface seal material shall be applied to the face of the crack between the entry ports. Allow surface seal material to gain strength prior to injection. 2. Equipment for Injection: Provide injection equipment that is portable, positive displacement type pump. The pump shall be electric or air powered and shall provide in -line metering and mixing. Equipment shall have the capability of maintaining the volume ratio for the epoxy adhesive within a tolerance of +1-5% by volume at any discharge pressure up to 160 psi. 3. Injection: Shall begin at the lowest entry port and cortirlaq until • • • •' there is an appearance of epoxy adhesive at the nextpdrt adjacent' • to the entry port being pumped. The epoxy injectiort';UJO,be transferred to the next adjacent port where the adhesiva 41as • • • • • • appeared. Injection shall be performed until cracks aVeApletel}:: filled. " •' .. .. •..• 4. Finishing: When cracks are completely filled, a ox iadAve s23u•.:. be cured for sufficient time to allow removal of surf&e s6al without any draining or run -back of epoxy adhesive maternal. •.: Surface seal material and any adhesive runs shall be removed from concrete surfaces. The face of the crack shall be finished flush with concrete, showing no indentations or protrusions caused by placement of entry ports. Filling Cored Holes: After the Work has been accepted by the Engineer, cored holes shall be repaired using a two component bonding agent and a suitable repair mortar. The bonding agent shall be applied to the surfaces of the cored holes, followed by application of repair mortar placed by hand trowel, thoroughly rodded and tamped in place, and finished to match color, finish, and texture of existing concrete Crack Sealing by Gravity 29 1. Repair Method: Notch cut cracks to 20 mils to 1.4-inch wider cracks with a mechanical router. Remove all loose debris and dust. Clean out cracks and voids by compressed air or as recommended by manufacturer. If appropriate, seal underside of the crack with a surface seal. Pour neat (no sand) low viscosity material in routed crack until it is completely filled. Allow to seep into the crack and refill. Finish material off flush with concrete so as not to show any indentations or protrusions. 3.06 WINDOWSILLS 1. Windowsills must be repaired by providing a 4 in thickness of wall cap concrete beam with 2 # 4 longitudinal bars and # 3 ties @ 12 in on center. Top of beam must have a 1/8in. to 1 ft. pitch outwards for proper drainage. 2. Bottom window frame must be securely attached to cap beam by means of fasteners such as the ones existent around the frame. 3. All repair area must also be properly cleaned caulked and sealed. • • • • . . .... ...... 3.07 CLEANING • • • • • .. • ...... .. . ...... A. General: Keep area clean during repair operation, remove apd•cle,�tn ' promptly, mortar, or epoxy spills with appropriate tools and MNents ..... • • • • • without damaging concrete. Collect and maintain site in • •• ..... a G.,1�..aD...a.nd .... ...... orderly condition. Remove debris daily from site. • • • • • • • . . . . ...... B. Final Cleaning: Remove all mortar splatters, epoxy spills from ail ; • • • •; repair area and adjacent structures acceptable to the Engineer. PART 4 WARRANTIES A. Manufacturer and Contractor shall jointly agree to warranty the repair work against failure due to materials or workmanship for the period of the warranty. Contractor shall provide a letter from the Manufacturer prior to commencement of the work indicating their willingness to provide such a warranty. Contractor shall provide sample warranty prior to commencement of work. B. The period of the warranty shall be five (5) years from the date of completion for concrete repairs and seven years on all painting and waterproofing. END OF SECTION 30 SECTION 5: STUCCO SPECIFICATIONS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Before stucco is applied, surfaces to be plastered shall be carefully examined by the Contractor. The Engineer shall be notified of unsatisfactory surface conditions. Application of stucco shall not proceed until any imperfections, irregularities and unsatisfactory conditions that may compromise the final condition shall be corrected and ready to receive work. 1.02 Proceeding with the application will constitute acceptance of the substrate by the Contractor. Any corrective effort required to correct the substrate after the application of the stucco will be at the Contractor's expense. 1.03 Masonry -verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on the masonry surface. 1.04 Concrete -verify surfaces are flat, honeycomb is filled flush and the surface is ready to receive work. Verify no bituminous, water repellent or form release agents are on the concrete surfaces that are detrimental to stucco. .... . . .... ...... 1.05 Grounds and Blocking -verify items within walls for other sections of work have • • • • • been installed. •••••• •• •••••• .... .... . . .... .... PART 2: PREPARATION • ..... ...... . .. ..... 2.01 .. .. .... Limits of stucco and counter flashing removal shall be saw cut to pe=t. ...... •• installation of new counter flashing with a minimum 4" coverage o;er the top Qf • • • • • • the base flashing. Remove all stucco material and sheet material below taw cut. • • • • • • 2.02 Roughen and clean masonry and concrete surfaces to the degree required to achieve mechanical bond. Apply bonding agent where needed for adhesion. Surfaces to receive stucco shall be damp without visible surface water. PART 3: STUCCO WORK 3.01 Stucco shall be 2-coat application, thickness to match existing. 3.02 Use mechanical mixers of approved type. Mixers and tools must remain clean. Re -tempering will not be permitted. 3.03 Scratch coat shall be mixed by volume as follows: One part white portland cement, 3 parts sand, 10 percent lime. Scratch coat shall be applied with pressure and heavily cross scratched. 31 3.04 Finish coat shall be mixed by volume as follows: One part white portland cement, 3 parts sand, 10 percent lime. PART 4: MOISTURE RETENTION (CURING) 4.01 Dampen previous stucco coats which have dried out prior to time of applications of next coat. Dampen with water as needed for uniform adhesion. The contractor is responsible for determining the most effective procedure for curing and lapse time between applications of coats based on climate and jobsite conditions. Stucco which is cracked due to improper timing and curing will not be accepted. Remove and replace defective stucco, including base materials if damaged during removal of defective stucco. END OF SECTION Sipe. e . . .... ...... . . • .. . .... • 000000 e...e. e 090* .... ... ..... . .... ...... .... .. . 000000 ... .. ...... ....e. 00 ...... of . . ...e.. 00 32 SECTION 6: PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS This specification has been written for the purpose of offering a seven (7) year non - prorated (material and labor) warranty on the painting of the exterior stucco of these buildings. A Benjamin Moore Representative or an authorized dealer representative will inspect the work in progress to help ensure proper preparation and application of all products. TERMS AND CONDITIONS A. EXTRAS & CHANGES B. C. 1. It is anticipated that the aforementioned work shall be inclusive and that there will not be extras or changes. The need for extra work and changes in the specifications will be the sole responsibility and determination of the Owner and will be submitted as a written work order to the Painting Contractor. No extra work will be done or changes made in the work as specified without a written work order from the Owner. sees . . sees ....e. s. . sees • LICENSE AND PERMITS """ `` "`e• sees.. sees ses. 1. The Painting Contractor shall include with your proposal a cop�•df any valr(f'• Occupational and Professional Licenses necessary to operate jj*-t�; State •qC * - Florida, the County and the City where the project is located... Farther the• •; Painting Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary permits:.%%:. """ required by the State of Florida, the County and the City wher& the'?rcje *t.i�.:see*: . located. .. INSURANCE The Painting Contractor will be required to furnish suitable insurance certificates covering liability and property damage, Worker's Compensation coverage and they shall be kept in force during the course of the work. The Painting Contractor shall hold the Owner(s) harmless from all liens or damages arising from or caused by the work. Please include documentation of all such coverage or show the ability to obtain such coverage. 33 D. SAFETY RELATED PRECAUTIONS 1. It is the Painting Contractor's responsibility to read and follow all label and technical data directions and information and all safety requirements from the Manufacturer of the products being used. 2. The Painting Contractor will be responsible for roping off and erecting signs in areas where any painting is occurring. 3. The Painting Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of safety administration on the job and must be in compliance with all OSHA safety regulations. . . .... ...... ...... .. . ...... .... .... . . .... .... ..... ...... . .. ..... • 34 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Painting Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the cleaning, preparation, sealing and painting of all specified surfaces. B. All work is to be done in a workmanlike manner by skilled workers and carried out in such a way as to minimize any inconvenience to the occupants and tenants. The Painting Contractor shall maintain a full work force from the start to the completion of work and shall leave a qualified foreman on the job at all times. The Painting Contractor will be responsible for making sure that all the Painting Contractor's employees be fully and properly clothed in identifiable uniforms while working on the premises or entering any part of the facilities. The skilled workers will be thoroughly trained and experienced in their necessary trade and will be completely familiar with the specification requirements and methods for proper performance of the work in this Specification. C. The Painting Contractor once having started the job will continuously §nd• • • expeditiously proceed with its vigorous prosecution until completioX.. ''' D. The Painting Contractor will not sub -contract any of their w09t%, If t �• Painting Contractor proposes to sub -contract any work the PaintiugLontractore shall submit a complete list of any work proposed to sub-coat;act and•% proposed sub -contractors along with all licenses and proofs of MsUrance fore each. The Owner(s) or an authorized representative prior to thg;e�eution'�f..' the Contract shall review the list. The Owner(s) reserves the riglVC: ject any • proposed subcontractor. 0 0 0:. E. The Painting Contractor must include a price per square foot for: all•rapairs;q% • needed to all undiscovered spalling stucco and all other stucco in need of'.. repair other than visible restoration. Visible deterioration must be repaired. F. All materials shall be applied free from runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners and brush marks. G. All materials shall be applied uniformly. H. The Painting Contractor shall be responsible for and use utmost care in the protection of the occupants property including all balconies, screens, windows, walkways, shrubbery, parked vehicles and any other property in the area from paint and/or any other damage. I. The Painting Contractor shall be solely responsible for the rectification of any such damage, the cleanup involved from work outlined in this specification, and their employees during the performance of their labor. Payment to the Painting Contractor will be withheld until settlement is reported. 35 1.02 LIASON A. The Owner's Representative and the Painting Contractor shall transmit all information pertaining to the job and shall not permit unauthorized interference from residents of the Owner's Property or from the Painting Contractor's employees. 1.03 INSPECTION A. In order to avoid any dispute over existing damage it is suggested that before the commencement of any work that the Painting Contractor along with the Owner or the Owner's Representative together walk the project and make a list of all existing damage. This list should contain the names and/or numbers of any units showing signs of any kind of damage. Each party should keep a dated copy. In the event of a claim, the Owner and the Painting Contractor can use this list to resolve any disputed damage. B. The Painting Contractor shall schedule all required tests, approvals and inspections at appropriate times so as not to delay the progress of the work. The Painting Contractor shall bear all expenses associated with tests, inspections and approvals required which, unless otherwise agreed to, shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory or entity approved by the Contractor and Owner. Inspections conducted the Benjamin Moore.'81% Company representative does not dismiss the Painting 7Conlractor .91. responsibility for the prescribed preparation and applicatiolp.uf. specirwd products. C. The Painting Contractor is required to correct in a timely fasWi zany w44 k: 6 - reasonably rejected by the Benjamin Moore Representative .Qj:Q,j ner .for.. failing to comply with the Specification Documents whether obseNod prior to• - the commencement of the warranty period or during the wgraoft, period.' Benjamin Moore & Company accepts no responsibility for aAy increase:in•.• cost due to the any unforeseen or undiscovered condition that may Mlle. ... 1.04 RELEASE OF LIEN AND WARRANTY CERTIFICATE A. The successful completion of the project, while meeting all the necessary requirements to satisfy the issuance of a warranty, must be approved by an Authorized Benjamin Moore Dealer Representative of the store selling all the materials for said project, a Representative of the Benjamin Moore & Company and the Owner or the Owner's Representative. B. All monies owed to all suppliers selling any materials for said project must be paid in full and the Painting Contractor must furnish a Final Release of Lien from all suppliers that have filed Notice to Owners against any and all properties covered in these Specifications. C. After above criteria has been met the Warranty will be issued and final payment to the Painting Contractor will be made. 36 1.05 BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY A. The Painting Contractor shall be required to warranty the workmanship for period of time to correspond to the length of the material warranty as supplied by the Manufacturer. Please include a sample of "YOUR" warranty. B. The seven year exterior only limited warranty will apply only on the condition that the procedures stated and required in the Benjamin Moore & Company Limited Warranty are followed. The warranty extends only to the exterior masonry surfaces only not including floors and roofs. C. In order to control and properly document the required material usage, all materials must be purchased from a single Benjamin Moore Paints Authorized Dealer. This Dealer must be determined and agreed upon prior to the commencement of the work. D. The warranty states that any peeling, blistering, cracking or deterioration of the new paint film caused by a failure or defect in the structure or previous coatings is not covered. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bids are to be based solely on coatings manufactured by the Benaam}n Mog4q,. & Company, except as otherwise noted or specified. • • B. Colors are to be those as approved by the Owner(s). A dupheate volor chill • • . ••••• schedule will be supplied to the Painting Contractor. • C. All paint and coatings must be delivered to the job site in the �n'Z-ufacturer's.. original sealed containers. . • • . •' • • : • . • D. The Owner reserves the right to take a representative sample o f bW tnaterials the Painting Contractor brings on the job and have it tested by anapproved•: • laboratory to verify the materials conform to the specification set fortll herein, • E. Due to different conditions of surfaces being painted the Painting Contractor •' must assume responsibility for coverage of paint. One coat coverage cannot be guaranteed due to different absorption rates of the surfaces painted. Test patches should be completed prior to beginning of work to assure satisfactory coverage of material. F. Color differences due to different batches are inherent in the paint industry. The Painting Contractor should try to order as much of any custom mixed color at one time ready made from the factory or the paint store in order to avoid "batch color differences". As this might not be feasible in all circumstances, if smaller batches do need to be taken for whatever reason, the Painting Contractor should retain an amount needed from a particular batch to touch up those areas painted in that batch of paint to help avoid "touch up" problems. G. If any reduction of the coating's viscosity is necessary, it shall be done in accordance with manufacturer's label directions. 37 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ACCESS A. The Owner agrees to and shall be responsible for the trimming and/or removal of all foliage clinging to or otherwise obstructing the building and permit adequate access to the areas to be painted. B. The Owner agrees to notify all occupants of the property to remove any personal items, patio furniture and vehicles as necessary to permit the Painting Contractor to proceed without delay. C. The Painting Contractor must give tenants a three to four day notice prior to commencement of work in their area in order to have all crafts or objects removed from any area that will hinder the progress of the work in any way. Parked vehicles are also to be moved from the area described. D. The Painting Contractor must be allowed easy access to all locked areas that have been included to be painted. 3.02 STAGING AREA A. The Painting Contractor is to submit their requirements for a staging area (shop and storage areas) and parking area for their employees and the Owner will make every effort to provide a suitable area. At the end of each worldly • . day, all equipment, ladders, paint, supplies, vehicles, etc. must;be duurned'to ' the staging area and the working area must be left clean. Protgi�ipjri of t)iis' ; area is the sole responsibility of the Painting Contractor and shall be.left in a - clean, safe and acceptable manner. • • • • . . • "' . 3.03 REMOVAL • A. Upon completion of an area, it shall be left in a clean and ordtrly n a ondit;o• • and all paint splatters contaminated rags and trash shall be remov%d ; ... B. The Paint contractor shall be responsible for the proper disposal of any*-: hazardous waste generated during the course of work. Upon completion of the job, the Painting Contractor must remove all surplus materials, scaffolds etc., from the premises that relate to their trade. The Painting Contractor shall clean all window glass free of excess paint and splatters and remove paint that has been misplaced on any other surfaces. 3.04 PREPARATION OF THE SURFACES A. The Painting Contractor shall be wholly responsible for the quality of their work and is not to commence any part of it until all surfaces are in proper condition. B. All surfaces are to be clean of mildew, chalk, peeling paint and other residues. If, for any reason, the surface cannot be cleaned this condition must be 38 promptly reported to the Owner or the Painting Contractor will assume responsibility for the condition. C. If the Painting Contractor considers any surface unsuitable for proper finishing, they are to notify the Owners of this fact in writing. The Painting Contractor is not to apply material until corrective measures have been taken or the Owners have instructed them to proceed under the current conditions. D. Occasionally the Painting Contractor's cleaning technique develops or reveals an unforeseen condition that requires additional labor and materials. The Painting Contractor must either negotiate their contract or assume the responsibility for properly correcting the condition. E. The prime coat shall be applied soon after surface preparation has been completed, so as to prevent contamination of the substrate. 3.05 MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL A. If any mold or mildew is apparent the Painting Contractor must provide a sanitized surface free of mold and mildew spores prior to applying any coating to M surface. Should there be a question of chlorinating any surface the inspector's decision will be final. B. NOTE: USE RUBBER GLOVES, PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. Using a garden type of pressure pot and spray wand, saturate the surface with a diluted solution of chlorine or bleach•. consisting of one volume of bleach or chlorine to three times yojumes "P • • water. As some solutions of chlorine and bleach are alread iiil� ed te9t; • : should be done to verify that the above -recommended solution•,; jj j•ae strong. enough to remove any mold and mildew present. If not the solution•should be• • increased or decreased as to properly remove all mold and mildew? • • • • ""• C. The solution must then be washed off with clean water. A water pressiu;�.• .. t . cleaner can be used. If washing off wood surfaces or roofs care imW be taken• not to damage the surface or create leaks especially on roofs and7windows. :. D. Repeat as necessary where needed. Sometimes the staining caused by mold • and mildew contamination cannot be removed even after multiple applications • .: of the removal solution. These surfaces if needed can be coated with a stain killing type of primer sealer such as our Benjamin Moore's Fresh Start Acrylic Primer 023 series to prevent bleed through. This primer must be applied after the primers that are specified below for each type of surface. E. The possibility of plant damage must be considered. If the mold and mildew removing solution run-off cannot be controlled or directed from vegetation, then it must be diluted with enough fresh water to render it harmless or another method of mold and mildew removal must be utilized. 3.06 GRAFFITI AND ROOFING MATERIAL STAINING A. The Painting Contractor shall be required to prepare surfaces where graffiti or asphalt material is present providing for complete blockage of visible traces of the said material through the specified coatings. The Painting Contractor shall 39 remedy any physical damage to the substrate in the form of gouges or excessive build of the graffiti element to match adjacent surfaces. Should remedy fall outside the scope of this specification, the Painting Contractor will notify the Owner in writing or be responsible for these areas. B. The following methods for graffiti removal/blocking are suggested dependent on the extent of damage. 1. Clean away all traces of mildew if present to eliminate deep contamination of the substrate. 2. Scrub surfaces with a suitable solvent or detergent to remove graffiti element. 3. Pressure clean, hot water pressure clean or abrasive blast stubborn stains on masonry to eliminate traces. Sand wood surfaces that have been gouged or carved to provide a smooth transition from the damaged areas to adjacent surfaces. 4. Use a blocking primer such as Benjamin Moore's Fresh Start 100% Acrylic All -Purpose Stain Blocking Primer 023 to prevent migration of color through to the specified finish coats. 3.07 DELAMINATING COATINGS A. Surfaces to be painted shall be made free of loose and delaminating coating : by► - the Paint Contractor. Delaminating that occurs as a result pf jri5uffici2ilf • preparation will be the sole responsibility of the Painting Contractor! ! * • * • 0 0 • B. Masonry Surfaces 000000 1. Power Tool Clean using sufficient power at angles that 4vi4l remove- - loose coatings without damage to the surface. 0000 2. Test all edges of remaining coatings by Hand Tool Clean*rig using a„• thin bladed sharp steel scraper. • C. Smooth surfaces • D. Doors, windows, and handrails shall be Hand or Power Tool Cleaded.fo. remove loose coatings without damage to the surface. • •: E. Prime surface with the specified materials F. Taper edges of remaining coatings to a smooth transition between levels using the specified patching materials. G. Prime patching material with the specified material. H. Surfaces that cannot be properly prepared without damage to the surface shall be brought to the attention of the Owner or their agent immediately upon discovery. These surfaces will be noted and withheld from the warrantee areas. 3.08 EXTERIOR SUBSTRATE PREPARATION APPROXIAMATELY 90% OF ALL PAINT FAILURES CAN BE DIRECTLY ATTRIBUTED TO IMPROPER SURFACE PREPARATION. STRICTLY FOLLOWING ALL SURFACE PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL 40 SURFACES IS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM BENEFITS OF THE COATINGS TO BE USED. ALTHOUGH INSPECTIONS ARE CONDUCTED ON A REGULAR BASIS, IT IS THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR'S ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THAT ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED ARE PROPERLY AND COMPLETELY PREPARED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF ANY AND ALL COATINGS. A. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED MASONRY AND STUCCO SURFACES 1. Preparation A. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. B. Any areas exhibiting efflorescence deposits shall be treated with a 25% solution of Muriatic Acid to water, scrubbed and then thoroughly rinsed with clear water to neutralize any acidity. A pH test should then be conducted to verify if any further actions should be taken. 2. Cleaning a. Pressure clean all stucco and masonry surfaces with pressure washing equipment of at least 3000 P.S.I. or greater being sufficient enough to remove as much existing deteriorating coating as possible. It is recommended to use a rotating nozzle on the pressure cleaner.*"*. facilitate removal of the existing deteriorating coating a6d to hV. identify any areas that are not presently deteriorating..;�Jl; naso'iW surfaces must be free of dirt, grease, oil and chalk. All suckwes are to - dry thoroughly. If necessary, repeat procedure. Surf4ees •are to. bV . tested with phenothelien (chemically) to make sure stucco has cuj;a:: before any coating is applied. .. .. .... b. Areas exhibiting rust leaching from reinforcing steel are•to be•chipped• to the reinforcing rods and primed with Benjamin Moose's Ihdustrial.: - Coatings Alkyd Metal Primer M06 series. • • • . ... c. Rust stains must be thoroughly removed. After wetting the surface • • with water, apply a solution of 2% oxalic acid or appropriate oxalic acid compound in water. It is important to observe the precautions listed on the container or these compounds for safe handling and storage. Wash with sponge and scrub brush until stain is removed, then rinse with clean water. Where rust staining was evident spot prime areas with one coat of Benjamin Moore's Industrial Coatings Acrylic Metal Primer M04 series. Apply two coats if necessary. 3. Surface Sealer a. After proper surface preparation, prime the entire exterior masonry surface with one coat of the Benjamin Moore recommended masonry conditioner according to the manufacturer's label instructions. b. Certain colors may require a pigmented sealer. 41 4. 5 c. Contractor is responsible for testing sealer coverage. The Painting Contractor may choose to use a pigmented sealer. d. Ceiling and soffit areas that do not exhibit chalky residue do not require sealer. Joint Sealant 1. All loose or deteriorated perimeter sealant around exterior side of doors and windows is to be removed. 2. Apply surface sealer to stucco surfaces, along the entire joint to receive sealant. 3. Apply a solvent wipe to metal surface, along the entire joint to receive sealant. Do not contaminate stucco substrate with solvent. 4. Apply sealant to full perimeter of door frames and windows to form a complete seal between metal and stucco. Tool the application of sealant in a manner to insure proper adhesion. Stucco Repair a. All loose, broken or spalling stucco must be removed and adjacent areas of suspect areas "sounded" for deteriorated stucco. b. Visible restoration must be discussed prior to bid due date and a determination should be made whether to bid separately or engage the services of a structural engineer. c. Prior to repairing stucco the affected area will be prepared with a bonding agent. Stucco work shall conform to ASTM standards acid. have surface texture to match the surrounding area. • • • • d. The Painting Contractor shall include in the bid fifty (501 square €eefV • of stucco replacement. Anything over repairs for area; g&*VjLter than. • fifty (50) square feet shall be considered an extra cost, above the base• • bid. •••• •••• e. All cracks in masonry larger than hairline (over 1 /l : a*e G& to :j�;„ - . ground out mechanically to form a "V" or "U" shape pleasuring 1/4"0 blown or brushed out to remove all dust, dried of all Aoist4e. 1!4g.:. resultant opening shall have Benjamin Moore's Moorl:tstie S5 Year Urethane Acrylic Sealant 465 series caulked in to completely fill the •.: void. f. Once cured, the filled crack shall be overcoated with Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Textured Knife Grade Elastomeric Patching Compound 051-01, crowed in the center approximately 1/16" and feathered at least 3" on either side of the crack to match the surrounding surface as closely as possible. g. All hairline cracks (less than 1/16") will be filled using Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Textured Brush Grade Elastomeric Patching Compound 052-01 over a properly primed surface, crowing the application approximately 1/16" over the center of the crack and feathering the edges approximately 2" on either side to match the adjacent surface. 42 C. h. After proper surface repair, spot prime patching material with one coat of the Benjamin Moore recommended masonry conditioner according to the manufacturer's label instructions. 6. Finish Coat a. After all crack repairs have fully cured, apply as needed the number of coats of the recommended Benjamin Moore & Co. Latex House Paint (unless stated otherwise), at a rate of application as stated on the label directions and to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color . NOTE: Previously repaired cracks, which have reopened, shall have all existing patch material removed and the crack treated as described above. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED WOOD SURFACES TO BE PAINTED 1. Remove all blistered, peeling paint to a sound substrate by scraping and sanding. Where bare wood is exposed spot prime with Moorwhite Primer. 2. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk must be cleaned by power wash. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. 3. Glossy areas under eaves and all protected areas not exposed to normaf % weathering should be dulled by sanding. Crystalline deposits under eaves;; are a major cause of peeling and must be removed by f1i4l1ijig with a . • • • • strong stream of water from a garden hose. ...:.. 0• 4. To the properly sealed surface apply the coats needed 016. achieve ' • ...... uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benlan.. p Moore.. ..... ..:..' recommended topcoat as described below according to the lu%wTacturars• • 0 • • • • • • label instructions. ; • • ; • ; ' . EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED METAL SURFACES ' •: 1. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned with an appropriate solvent or detergent solution to remove all traces of dirt, dust, grime, and oily residues prior to application of the specified coatings in accordance with SSPC-SP1-63 "Solvent Cleaning". 2. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk must be cleaned by power wash. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. 43 A 3. Loose, peeling, blistering and flaking paint and rust shall be removed by power tool cleaning with wire brush, needle gun, scraping, or sanding in accordance with SSPC-SP3-63 "Power Tool Cleaning". Surfaces with a hard shiny finish should be dulled by sandpaper or other abrasive methods to insure adhesion of succeeding coats. 4. After proper preparation, apply one coat of Benjamin Moore #M84-00 Rust Pretreatment to any exposed rusted surfaces according to the manufacturer label instructions. 5. To the properly prepared surface prime or spot prime as necessary with the recommended Benjamin Moore INDUSTRIAL COATINGS RUST INHIBITIVE PRODUCTS according to the manufacturer label instructions. 6. To the properly sealed surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. PREVIOUSLY PAINTED CONCRETE FLOORS 1. Scaling and peeling paint should be removed by scraping and sanding. 2. Surface should be washed thoroughly with strong detergent solutiou'df' . Benjamin Moore's I.M.C. Oil and Grease Emulsifier M83►00•io remove„ all grease, oil and soap residue. Rinse thoroughly and•,jkQ� to completely before painting. f • • : • • • 3. All shiny surfaces must be dulled and scoured prior to appUt tttihn of any • coatings. 4. Floors that have been subjected to long term oil and grease :uei first•be• • • aggressively scrubbed with proprietary grease -dissolving cogrpV*ds, then" rinsed thoroughly and allowed to dry completely before efchini, below- • : - CAUTION: FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECA"Ak USF • RUBBER GLOVES, WORK GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. •' 5. Unpainted and/or non -porous steel -troweled floors must be etched with Benjamin Moore's I.M.C. Concrete Pretreatment and Etch, M85-01 reduced according to label directions then rinsed thoroughly. The surface must be porous prior to application of any coatings. The Painting Contractor is responsible for the proper preparation of the floor to allow proper adhesion of the floor coating. Test porosity of surface even after etching by spraying mist of water on floor and examining whether water beads on surface (which would signify non -porosity) or soaks in the concrete (which would signify porosity). Properly etched floors after appropriate drying times should feel like fine grit sandpaper. If floors do not demonstrate this characteristic and does not appear porous per above test the floor is not ready to coat irregardless of preparation already completed and further actions must be taken to achieve proper adhesion of floor coating. 44 6. Due to the incompatibility of many floor coatings to each other after preparing concrete decks as described above a sample area must be painted and allowed to dry and cure to assure of compatibility of floor paint with existing substrate. 7. To the properly prepared surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. 3.09 COATINGS SCHEDULE A. EXTERIOR STUCCO Areas to be painted: Exterior masonry elevations and previously painted with latex metal surfaces. 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Latex Masonry Conditioner 066 series according to the manufacturer's label directions 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's Super Spec 100% Acrylic Low Lustre Latex Coating # 185 series according to manufacturer's label directions ."". B. EXTERIOR METAL Areas to be painted: Doors and frames ...... • .... 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Universal Metal Prinw?.907 series• • according to manufacturer's label directions. • • • • • • ' 2) Finish Coat— Benjamin Moore's P29 D.T.M. Acry�ic Semi-g1Qss•'• Enamel according to manufacturer's label directions.. ... . 00 C. EXTERIOR WOOD Areas to be painted: Door and frames. 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Alkyd Wood Primer 023 series according to manufacturer's label directions. 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's P29 D.T.M. Acrylic Semi -gloss Enamel according to manufacturer's label directions. 45 D. CAULK & PATCHING MATERIALS 1) Caulk- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 35 Year Acrylic Caulk 467 series 2) Sealant- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 55 Year Acrylic Urethane Sealant 465 series 3) Patching- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Elastomeric Patching Compounds E. CLEANING AGENTS 1) Benjamin Moore & Company Oil & Grease Emulsifier M83 series By definition of the Benjamin Moore & Company warranty, the Painting Contractor is limited to solely the above paint, patching and sealants. Any substitutions of specified products must have prior approval for use by the Benjamin Moore & Company Authorized Representative prior to project commencement. Substitution of any product without pre -authorization may cause stoppage of the project and void the warranty. MSDS and Tech Data sheets are available upon request. END OF SECTION END OF SPECIFICATIONS No, g7338 17 : ,PO-•. STATE A Florida � Inspectionil�ifieers Inc. 13192 SW 130" Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, FL 33186 46 • •••• •••••• • • • • • • ...... • • • .. . ...... • ...... • • • ...... .••.• •••• • • .... • .. . .... .. ...... ..... .... . . .....• . ....•. 606600 •••••• • • • . • ..•••• • • • • • . • Inspection 13192 S' V 130th Terrace, #102 Miami. FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Fanail: engB(Pbellsouthmet Miami Shores Village 10050 NE 2nd. Ave. NE Miami Shores, Fl. 33138-0000 Attention: Building Official Engineers, Inc. Re: July 17 to July 28, 2017 City Progress Report Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, Fl. Dear Building Official: 6� ls�' I - Permit # CC-6-17-1550 In the period above described the following inspections were performed. 1. Terraces in Lines 16, 17, 18, and 19 located on the SE side of building were marked for restoration. 2. Upon chipping a few edge areas were marked for additional chipping due to steel rust. 3. Spalled Pre cast Windowsills were also inspected. The exterior steel bar will be removed and replaced. For any additional questions please call our office at (305) 232-8691. tA ul ubili�fa't'��'G�� o .G. y rlio"Yve,4fi6733S •Q •�pIDA �• Inspection 13192 M'fi 130th Terrace, #102 Miami, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 gonad: engBCDbeUsouth. net Miami Shores Village 10050 NE 2nd. Ave. NE Miami Shores, Fl. 33138-0000 Attention: Building Official Engineers, Inc. y Re: July 31 to Aug 11, 2017 City Progress Report Permit # CC-6-17-1550 Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, Fl. Dear Building Official: In the period above described the following inspections were performed. 1. Chipping of spalled edges and decks is in progress in terraces Lines 16, 17, 18, and 19 located on the SE side of building. 2. Spalled Pre cast Windowsills and headers are also being restored. 3. Chipping is in progress on Concrete curbs underneath sliding glass doors. For any additional questions please call our office at (305) 232-8691. N E. MU& P �t � P��QGy No.67338 nguia P* I&gi;1rati(&kjt 6�338.ki�` ''+,5� ONM.. E #fill W Mr. Adrian Munguia Apt 214 2365 NE 173rd St N Miami Beach, FL 33160-4829 /019 re 2-j V-DY0111 PFL 3j"I 16 AUG '21yX1,17 FINK I- i1il 1111111111111-J. Id 1111dill1iiiii 10 ji Ph lilill; Inspection Worksheet Miami Shores Village 10050 N.E. 2nd Avenue Miami Shores, FL Phone: (305)795-2204 Fax: (305)756-8972 Inspection Number: INSP-2841 53 Permit Number: CC-6-17-1550 Scheduled Inspection Date: November 03, 2017 Inspector: Porta Jr, Jose Owner: CONDOMINIUM, SHORES Job Address:1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, FL Project: <NONE> Permit Type: Commercial Construction Inspection Type: Fill Cells Columns Work Classification: Alteration Contractor: WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & RESTORATION, INC Building Department Comments EXTERIOR CONCRETE REPAIRS COAti Passed\1 Failed Correction ❑ Needed Re -Inspection Fee No Additional Inspections can be scheduled until re -inspection fee is paid. Phone Number Parcel Number 1122300500001 Phone: (305)846-9443 Infractio Passed Comments INSPECTOR COMMENTS False Inspector Comments 5)'1 (d W'�bcx;-) ov L), November 02, 2017 For Inspections please call: (305)762-4949 Page 5 of 18 Inspection 13192 SRV 130th Terrace, #10'� Miauu, FL 33136 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax (305) 232-8725 Email: engi3(i bellsouth.net November 1, 2017 The Shores Condominium 1700 N.E. 105 Street Miami Shores Florida 33138 Attention: Building Inspector Re: Unit 519 Window Sill Dear Inspector: Engineers, Inc. All loose , cracked and spalled concrete was removed. 2 # 4 rebars were installed. Anti corrosion treatment has been applied, 2500 Psi concrete will be placed. Please be advised that the restoration of concrete will be performed in accordance with project drawings, specifications and permit documents Please feel free to call me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Arshad Viqar, P.E. Florida License # 38863 Jorge Blanco, Assistant Engineer Douglas H. Mercado President Department of Regulatory and Economic Resources Miami -Dade County Plan Review Summary Process Number: M2017013215 FINAL CORE REVIEW DATE: 6/14/2017 OVERALL STATUS: Overall Disapproval PROJECT DETAILS: CONTACT DETAILS: FOLIO: 11-2230-050-0001 NAME: YESENIA MORA ADDRESS: 1700 NE 105 ST, , FL EMAIL: PERMIT TYPE DESC.: CONCRETE REPAIRS PHONE #: 3058469443 DISAPPROVAL CODES: Disapproval Code 01: 0214 - Remarks TASK REVIEWED BY STATUS DATE STATUS Initial Core Review Marta Hidalgo 06/14/2017 Specialty Reviews not Required Comments: 5-STORY BUILDING PROPOSING EXTERIOR REPAIRS. 214- MUST PROVIDE PROOF OF PUBLIC WATER AND SEWER FROM UTILITY (SUCH AS WATER AND SEWER ACCOUNT) Final Core Review Marta Hidalgo 06/14/2017 Overall Disapproval Comments: 214- MUST PROVIDE PROOF OF PUBLIC WATER AND SEWER FROM UTILITY (SUCH AS WATER AND SEWER ACCOUNT) Please do not hesitate to email me with any question(s) you may have regarding the review comments for this project. While I may not respond immediately to your email, because I may be assisting another customer at the time I receive your email, I will reply within 24 hours of receiving your email unless I am out of the office. My email address and that of my direct supervisor are as follows: My Email: hidalm@miamidade.gov My Supervisors Email: guerrch@miamidade.gov PLAN CONDITIONS: NO CONDITIONS PLAN REVIEW FEES (FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING FINAL APPROVAL): FEE CODE DESCRIPTION USER DATE UNIT TOTAL D034 FastTrack Fee ADMIN 06/14/2017 1 $80.00 D034R FastTrack Fee ADMIN 06/14/2017 1 ($80.00) Total .__._ ........,_. -�_ - $0.00 FOR MORE INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT: YOUR DERM CORE REVIEWER: hidalm@miamidade.gov DERM PERMITTING AND INPECTION CENTER, 11805 SW 26 ST, 786-315-2800 DERM OVERTOWN TRANSIT CENTER, 701 NW 1 CT, 305-372-6899 172? a 0 I.2JI �S c�- NOTE: ALL SHEETS MUST BE REVIEWED MIAMI-DADE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF REGULATORY AND ECONOMIC RESOURCES Herbert S. Saffir Permitting and Inspection Center 11805 SW 26th Street (Coral Way) • Miami, Florida 33175-2474 • (786) 315-2000 APPLICATION FOR MUNICIPAL PERMIT APPLICANTS THAT REQUIRE PLAN REVIEW FROM MIAMI-DADE FIRE RESCUE AND/OR ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES CC / 2 - iS20 PROVIDE MUNICIPAL PROCESS NUMBER HERE Job Address % �d'0 A4f /O� -.5'/ Contractor No. a cn O w o W Folio 1% _ oZa3O— OS O - ®03 0 Z o o �— a s Last four (4) digits of Qualifier No. "� Contractor Name w orl d ,_CI,P ('.on.S7iz cf10 �> a o Lot Block cc � Qualifier Name o a �2 Subdivision PBpg oU. ? Address7�.S��w 7OST City "t0j ; . Stated Zip.3 & Metes and bounds [ New Construction on [ ]Demolish \ Current use of property C 0 n d01M ' �y ►� F Vacant Land [ ] Shell Only 1 z U. W[ 02 ] Alteration Interior Alteration Exterior [ ] Addition Attached Coryc- Q-teOGt [ ] [ ] Addition Detached Description of Work r-'�e 1 iJ' aUj > [ ] Relocation of Structure [ ] Re -Roof Sq. Ft. Units Floors a [ ]Enclosure [�cf Repair [ ] Foundation Only [ ] Tent [ ] Repair Due to Fire Value of Work 407r 0o0 [ MBLD` 01 N [ ] Chg. Contractor w Owner Address a Category [ ] Re -Issue a City State Zip [ ] MELE N [ ] Re -Stamp N MPLU MLPG w [ ]Revision W Phone IL [ ] MMEC [ ] Not Applicable for o Last four (4) digits of [ ] FIRE Fire Owner's Social Security No. Name �C�S�n Q I�1 IUI `'� Owner�i7 !c4 ,0 C l b,,) i r7 � Prs o z oa F cc �Z Address ��`Jo� W ��,,5? Address �� S�S�U /30r,'�� S l City "uarn.1 State, Zip ( City urCJm. State' LZip.3 y K ¢�uj�e vz as /�, i Phone "I YJ�ci�-Y4,� aW Phone�5� J Z I am requesting a Special Request Plan Review (SRI) to be scheduled as soon as possible. There is a minimum charge of ^ a g one -hour. Please contact the Fire Department for current rate. vain a 3 15t Request: Date: vAww maw 2^d Request: Date: M WM 3id Request: Date: If the applicant is a known named violator with: unpaid civil penalties; unpaid administrative costs of hearing; unpaid County investigative, enforcement, testing, or monitoring costs; or unpaid liens, any or all of which are owed to Miami -Dade County pursuant to the provisions of the Code of Miami -Dade County, Florida, a hold on the review may be placed on this application. 123 01-192 5/17 /az BUILDING PERMIT CATEGORIES CATEGORY DESCRIPTION BUILDING PERMIT TYPE 01 GENERAL BUILDING -COMMERCIAL MBLD 02 SUB -GENERAL BUILDING -RESIDENTIAL MBLD 08 CANVAS AWNING MBLD 10 COMMUNICATION TOWER MBLD 15 DEMOLITION MBLD 29 METAL AWNING & STORM SHUTTER MBLD 48 SCREEN ENCLOSURES MBLD 51 MURAL SIGNS (NON -ELECTRICAL) MBLD 55 SWIMMING POOL MBLD 56 TENNIS COURTS (SURFACE PAVING) MBLD 86 TRAILER TIE DOWN MBLD 88 WALK-IN COOLER MBLD 91 MARINAS MBLD 92 LOW SLOPE APPLICATIONS (GRAVEL, SMOOTH MODIFIED, SINGLE PLY) MBLD 95 SHINGLES (ASPHALT, FIBERGLASS) MBLD 96 SHINGLES (METAL ROOFS/WOOD SHINGLES & SHAKE) MBLD 97 STAGE 2 VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM MBLD 99 SOIL IMPROVEMENT MBLD 0100 BULK STORAGE PROPANE TANK MBLD 0101 REMOVABLE STORM PANELS MBLD 0107 TILE ROOF MBLD 0110 WATER MAIN MBLD 0111 SITE PLAN MBLD 0112 INDOOR EVENT/EXHIBIT MBLD ELECTRICAL 04 FIRE ALARM SPECIALTY MELE 16 SPECIALTY WIRING MELE 38 GENERATORS MELE 40 BUILDING PUBLIC RADIO ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM MELE PLUMBING 0020 SEWER CONNECTION TO PUBLIC SYSTEM (THIS CATEGORY IS USED WHEN NO BUILDING PERMIT EXIST) MPLU 0024 INTERCEPTOR/GREASE TRAPS (REPLACEMENT OR INSTALLATION THAT IS NOT PART OF A BUILDING PERMIT) MPLU LPGX 01 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS MLPG 02 MISCELLANEOUS MLPG 04 LIQUEFIED PETROL. GAS/STATE MLPG MECHANICAL 09 ABOVE/BELOW GROUND TANKS/PUMPS & POLLUTANT STORAGE SYSTEM MMEC 38 COMMERCIAL HOODS MMEC 43 FIRE CHEMICAL MMEC 46 SPRAY BOOTHS MMEC 48 SMOKE CONTROL MMEC 52 RESIDENTIAL ELEVATOR MMEC FIRE 32 FIRE SPRINKLER FIRE Inspection 13192 S' V 130th Terrace, #102 Miami, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Fanail: engi3(Pbellsouth.net Engineers, Inc. 7I.E. LOG BOOK CONCRETE RESTORATION THE SHORES CONDOMINIUM 1700 NE 105" Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Prepared by: INSPECTION ENGINEERS INC. 13192 SW 130 TERRACE, SUITE 102 MIAMI. FL 33186 4 T Inspection 13192 SIV 130th Terrace, #102 Muni, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 EmEd: engi3obellsouth.net Engineers, Inc. 7R.E• STRUCTURAL REVIE//OAT APPROVED Oi,1 PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE RESTORATION �..•': '::::' "':�' ...... .. . ...... .... .... . . .... ...... .... . .. ..... ..... .... .... ...... THE SHORES CONDOMINIUM :... % • • • • • 1700 NE 105" Street ' • •' • • • �""� Miami Shores, FL 33138 Prepared by: INSPECTION ENGINEERS INC. 13192 SW 130 TERRACE, SUITE 102 MIAMI. FL 33186 September 30, 2016 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1: BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Section I: Invitation to Bid...............................................................3 Section II: Instructions to Bidders.......................................................4 Section III: Bid Form......................................................................5 DIVISION 2: PROJECT MANUAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 1: Summary of Work............................................................8 Section 2: Common Work Including Demolition......................................10 Section 3: Joint Protection and Sealants.................................................12 Section 4: Concrete Repair Specifications.............................................21 Section 5: Stucco Specifications.........................................................31 Section 6: Painting Specifications.......................................................33 Fj Division I: Bidding and Contract Requirements Section I: Invitation to Bid INVITATION TO BID Owner: The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105'h Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Engineer: Inspection Engineers, Inc. 13192 SW 130t' Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Attn: Douglas H. Mercado General Contractor: Your firm is invited to submit an offer under seal to the On -site Manager located at the above address delivered to the Condominium office, before 5:00 PM local time on November 23, 2016 for the following project. Description: Concrete Restoration • Bid documents for a Stipulated Sum/Unit Price contract may be obtained frpul The office • • of the Engineer free of charge for one set. Documents can only be obtained•byethe . • • • •. General Contractor. • • • . • . • . Refer to other bidding requirements described in Instruction to Bidders, atL . . Submit your offer on the Bid Form provided. Bidders are required to complete•Bid Form. Bidders may supplement this form as appropriate. Your offer will be required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 90 days after submission. The owner reserves the right to accept or reject all offers. The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 10511' Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Attn: Board of Directors Ph: (305) 893-6741 theshorescondong,att.net 3 Section II: Instructions to Bidders INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - AIA 1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS These Instructions To Bidders amend or supplement the Instructions To Bidders (AIA Document A701, 1997 Edition) and other provisions of the Bidding and Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Repair Specifications prepared by Inspection Engineers B. Invitation to Bid C. Bid Form — Unit Prices D. Supplements to Bid Form E. Supplementary Conditions — AIA 1. Insurance requirements. '....' ...... 2. Bond types and values. • • • • • • • • ...... .. . ...... 2.1 SITE EXAMINATION • • • • • • .... .... . . .... .... ..... A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. """ •• "••' .... .... ...... B. The bidder is required to contact the Owner's Representative of tle . ....:. .....0 following phone number in order to arrange a date and timeto yi$it the- ; : project site: " ' "'. • 0.0 ' ' 00 Attn: Board of Directors Ph: (305) 893-6741 theshorescondo@att.net 2.2 PREBID CONFERENCE A. A bidders' conference has been scheduled for 1 PM on the 9th day of November, 2016 at the site. B. All general contract Bidders are invited. C. Representatives of the Owner and Engineer will be in attendance. 4 Section III: Bid Form BID FORM — UNIT PRICES To: The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105a' Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Project: Concrete Restoration Date: Submitted by: (full name) Address: 1. OFFER Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and the Contract Documents prepared by the Engineer for the above • • • • referenced project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Cpntr'au to • • • • perform the Work for the Unit Prices listed in this bid from in lawful money of the •:'• .... . .. . United Sates of America. • .... .... All applicable federal taxes are included and State of Florida, Dade/BroAvd County • • and are included in the Unit Prices. ...... . .. .... .... • • • •; • '• ...... . . • •; • • • ..... ...... 2. ACCEPTANCE . . . . This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for ninety days 40VI the via` closing date. • • • • • • 0• ' ...... • Y • If this bid is accepted by the Owner within the time period stated above, we will: Execute the Agreement within seven days of receipt of acceptance of this bid. - Furnish the required bonds within fourteen days of receipt of acceptance of this bid on the form described in Supplementary Conditions. Commence work within two weeks after written acceptance of this bid. 3. CONTRACT TIME Complete the Work in calendar weeks from commencement of Work. 5 4. UNIT PRICES AND ESTIMATED QUANTITIES Please provide Unit Prices and total prices for each task including labor and materials. Item Quantities Unit Cost (US Dollars) Total Cost US dollars Edge S all LF 672 Deck S all Regular SF 144 Deck S all Full Depth SF 72 Deck Cracks Structural LF 240 Soffit S all SF 312 Soffit Crack LF 504 Beam S all CF 12 Windowsill S all LF 2,160 Header S all (LF) 600 Loose Stucco SF 1,176 Brown Eyes (Each) 336 Wall Crack LF 432 Column S all CF 124 Painting and Waterproofing SF + 86,000 Mobilization LS 1 - Permits LS 1 - • Total .. .... I (+) Painting and waterproofing must include removal and replacing oiaA existing ' exterior caulk around windows and doors. 0 0000 0 • 5. APPENDICES • The following information is included with the Bid submission: ' • • ... 1. Copy of General Contractor license. 2. Letter from concrete repair and waterproofing/paint manufacturer(s) indicating approved applicator status. 3. Sample warranties. 4. Certificates of insurance. 5. List of five projects in which concrete repair and waterproofing work similar to that specified herein was successfully completed. Included are: project name and location, owner of project, contact person and phone number, brief description of work and value, date of completion, and Engineer involved. 6. Technical data sheets for products intended for use if different from that specified. 6 6. BID FORM SIGNATURE (S) The Corporate Seal of (Bidder — print full name of firm) was hereunto affixed in the presence of - (Authorized signing officer) (Seal) (Authorized signing officer) (title) (title) .... . . . . .... ..... . . . . ...... .. . ...... ...... . ...... .... .... . . . . . .... .... ..... ...... . .. ..... . . . . . .. .. .... ..... . . ...... . . . . . ..... . ...... ..... . .. 7 Division II: Proiect Manual Specifications SECTION 1: SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION Please refer to the enclosed repair specifications. 1.02 CONTRACT BONDS A. The Contractor might be required to furnish and pay for a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the full amount of the Contract as indicated within the Contractor's proposal. B. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to furnish said bonds (in such form and amount as the Owner may prescribe) at time of executing the Contract. Cost of the bond premiums shall be reimbursed separately by 14g Owner to the Contractor. Please provide a breakdown of the fees.for the bond...' C. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner Af *lue' time' bf executing the Contract, or if the work is commenced prior thereto jp,wsponsq 19 a letter of intent, Contractor shall, before commencement of th&work, suBmit. satisfactory evidence that the bonds will be issued within the timeatCtptabbe te•. the Owner. D. The bonds shall be issued by a Surety Company satisfactory to;the,O,wner•an duly authorized to operate within the State, and the Contractor shall rtquir(! the : attorney in fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety, to affix thereto certified and current copies of the permit to operate and of power of attorney, indicating the monetary limit of such power. E. The Owner, at his option, reserves the right to place the Bonds at his own expense, with companies through agents of his own choosing. 1.03 OWNER PARAMETERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During construction, the Contractor may assume the following requirements/restrictions: 1. All work shall be performed from Monday to Friday (non -holiday days) between 8:30 am to 5:30pm. 8 1.04 a 1.05 0 2. Installer will be provided areas for employees parking, staging and deliveries. 3. Removal and installation of all structural systems must be performed in a safe manner and coordinated with management. 4. Contractor shall provide barriers for security and to protect each unit from the weather elements during construction when not working. 5. Daily work shall be limited to the amount of work that can be removed and closed up during that time period. 6. Contractor shall maintain a staff representative to remain on site during working hours to handle emergency conditions causing hardship to residents. 7. Contractor shall provide safeguards during construction to provide safety and protection of adjacent public and private properties in strict compliance with chapter 13 of Existing Building, FBC 04 SCHEDULING The contractor shall provide a detail schedule for all work on a floor to floor• to (north, basis. Sched#ale. Shall detail* • • • • • unit unit and elevation south, and east) : dates for removal and installation of each glass panel. • ...... .. . ...... CONTRACTS .... .... . . .... .... ..... Standard AIA Document. ...... . .. • ..... .... .... ...... Other Supplementary AIA Documents. • • • • • • .' . . . . ...... END OF SECTION 9 SECTION 2: COMMON WORK INCLUDING DEMOLITION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the restoration work as specified herein. B. Demolish, remove, and/or relocate all parts of existing work as specified or directed and as required by the conditions of the job, plans, and specifications, including but not limited to the following: 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall visit site to determine actual scope of restoration requirements. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 Work shall be executed in an orderly and careful manner, with due consideration for the owner, who must continue to occupy the building throughout the period covered by the work. 2.02 All work performed under this Section shall fully comply with the requirements . . and regulations set forth by all governing authorities. ' Go*** 2.03 When demolishing work against adjoining spaces, leave adequate s� p�port at ea stage and arrange for inspection by the Owner. Proceed with subsequent dettion as.... instructed. Do not disturb adjoining spaces. • • • • • • •. • 2.04 Remove all demolition materials, debris, and rubbish from the site �-c qn as practicable. Do not permit any accumulation on the site. : • 2.05 After completion of the demolition work, leave area neat and orderly.' ' 2.06 Protect the work scheduled to remain and, if damaged, repair to match existing work. 2.07 Protect parts of the existing work scheduled to remain, such as existing partitions, cabinets, tile etc. Cut away carefully, the parts to be demolished to reduce the amount of necessary repairs. 2.08 Prevent accumulation of debris and overloading of any parts of the structure. 2.09 Prevent access of unauthorized persons to partly demolished structures and work. 10 2.10 The Contractor shall be responsible for the legal disposal of excess and demolition materials in area or areas, away from the side of the work, without incurring any liability against the Owner. 2.11 The Contractor shall exercise extreme care in the removal and handling of the materials indicated or specified to be reused. Reusable material that is damaged by improper care or negligence of Contractor's employees shall be replaced by the Contractor with new equal material at no extra cost to the Owner. 2.12 Contractor shall cut and patch all items and finish to accommodate installation of new materials. 2.13 Repair all adjacent existing finishes or paint structures damaged in the process of demolition. Substrates from which existing finishes have been removed, which are to receive new finishes, shall be scraped clear of all traces of mortar, adhesives, etc. 2.14 Contractor shall provide safety and protection of adjacent public and private properties in strict compliance with chapter 13 of Existing Building, FBC 04 END OF SECTION . . .... ...... .. • .... ...... .. . ...... .... too* . . .... 0000 ..... ...... . •• 00000 ...... . . . . ...... . . •0000: so 11 SECTION 3: JOINT PROTECTION AND SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants B. Primer C. Sealant backing D. Bond breaker 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work caulking and sealing of joints as required to seal the perimeters of openings in walls, penetrations in walls, expansion and control joints and as required to weatherproof the building envelope. Provide all items, articles, materials, operations, or methods listed, mentioned, or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein, including labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for the completion of Joint Sealant work. •••. 1.03 DEFINITIONS ' • • • •' • • • • • • A. Sealant and caulking terms specified herein comply with the tibfillitionsW•. •. ASTM C717 """ .... .... . . 1.04. SUBMITTALS 66660 • A. PRODUCT DATA: Include manufacturer's surface preparation M4 i%tallatioii'. ""' .. .. .... ...... application instructions. w• ...... • . . . . ...... ...... B. Submit samples of sealant colors. • C. SAMPLES: One cartridge of each type and color of sealant to be used; • • samples of backing material. D. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a certificate stating that the compound has met the requirements specified or detailed within the construction documents. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Installing Applicator shall have been in the sealant and caulking business for over five (5) years. B. MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY 12 1. Manufacturer's representative shall provide an inspection of the work just prior to the start of the work, in order to insure that any physical conditions which would result in defective work are properly corrected before materials are applied. The manufacturer will insure that properly instructed personnel are available to do the work and that proper procedures are being followed. Such inspection shall be reported in writing to the owner for correction prior to the proceeding with the work. 2. The Applicator shall notify the manufacturer at least 72 hours prior to the time inspection is required. 3. Failure or refusal of the manufacturer to provide the inspection and supervision as required by this article shall constitute grounds for non - acceptability of materials manufactured by him even though such manufacturers have been specified and/or approved. 1.06 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C717 Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants 2. ASTM C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3. ASTM C962 Standard Guide for Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealants B. Federal Specifications (FS) 0000 1. TT-S-227 Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Multi -component T€or - caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) • • . • • ; • 2. TT-S-230 Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single co..... t (�o; caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) •..• .... 3. TT-S-1543 Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base ( for caulking, sealitrg- and glazing in Buildings) 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Qualifications: Application/installation of sealant and caulking materials shali be by a licensed applicator skilled and experienced in the application/ installation of sealants and caulking compounds B. Compatibility Tests: Primers and sealants shall be tested by the manufacturer for compatibility and adherence with materials to which application is indicated. Submit test reports certifying compatibility at least 30 days before application C. Approved in accordance with Miami Dade County Test Protocols 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with the installation of sealants and caulking compounds during inclement weather unless the installation complies with the manufacturer's instructions B. Schedule installation and cure of elastomeric sealants during period of relatively low temperatures (but well within manufacturer's recommended range) so that subsequent tensile stresses upon cured sealants will be 13 minimized. 1.09 COOPERATION A. Work of this section shall be provided and coordinated as required through procedures of construction that will insure safety and security. 1.10 GUARANTEE A. Furnish written guarantee for all Sealant and Caulking work stating that said work shall be free from any defects of material and/or workmanship for a period of five (5) years, commencing on the date of final completion and acceptance. B. Guarantee shall be jointly signed by Manufacturer, and Applicator. C. Said guarantee shall further state that sealants and caulking are guaranteed against the following: 1. Adhesive or cohesive failure of sealants and caulking in joints where movement does not exceed capability of sealant or caulking. 2. Any crazing greater than 3 mils in depth developing on the surface of th@ sealant material. 000000 3. Any staining of the surfaces adjacent to the joints, by the'seal4m: % primers, or joint filler materials, by migration through' W* buildiri2 materials in contact with them. .... .... 4. Any visible chalking or color change on the cured surface Z)(4W sealantp • •' 5. Leakage or inflexibility of materials. ":0 0 : .". .. .. .... PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS A. Sealant Type 1: 1. Polysulfide base, one -part, chemical curing. 2. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 16 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 25; maximum 35. 4. Conforming to requirements of TT-S-230, Type 11, Class A. 5. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 6. Color: Selected by Engineer. 14 RE C IN Sealant Type 2: Sealant Type 3: Sealant Type 4: 7. Polysulfide base, two-part, chemical curing. 8. Non -sagging type for application in vertical joints. 9. Uniform, homogenous and free from lumps, skins and coarse particles when mixed. 10. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 16 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 11. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 15, maximum 50. 12. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-227, Type 11, Class A. 13. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 14. Color: Selected by the Engineer. 15. Polyurethane base, one -part, chemical curing. • • • • • • 16. Non -sagging type for application in vertical jo4nts • • • • 17. Capable of being immersed in water, withstaudhwvement. up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactg10y gpplie4• • • • throughout a temperature range of 40 degree?fd 90 degrees Fahrenheit. • .. .. .... 18. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 15, maximum 50: 0 ...... 19. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-230, T.}�pe 11,' Class A. •� ••• • 20. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 21. Color: Selected by Engineer. 22. Polyurethane base, two-part, chemical curing. 23. Self -leveling type for application in horizontal joints. 24. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement of up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 25. Uniform, homogenous, and free from lumps, skins, and coarse particles when mixed. 15 r E. 11 G. 26. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 30; maximum 35. 27. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-227, Type 1, Class A. 28. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 29. Color: Selected by Engineer. Sealant Type 5: 30. Acrylic base, one -part, solvent curing. 31. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 7 1/2 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 32. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 55. 33. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 34. Conforming to requirements of ASTM C834. 35. Color: Selected by Engineer. •""• Sealant Type 6: 36. Silicone base, one -part, solvent curing. • • • :. • • • """ • • • • • • ...... . 37. Withstand movement up to 25 percent of joipt "i4th anti• .... • satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature finge of 40" ..... .. ":". ..... .. degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. .. .. .... • • ...... 38. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 50. ""•• ' . . . . ..... . 39. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-1543, TScpe 11', :....: Class A., non -staining. • 40. Color: Selected by Engineer. Sealant Type 7: 41. Silicone base, two-part. 42. Withstand movement up to 50 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 43. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 21. 44. Conforming to requirements of: (a) ASTM C920 (b) FS TT-S-00227E, Type 11, Class A. 16 45. Non -staining. 46. Color: Selected by Engineer. H. Sealant Type 8: 47. Silicone base, one -part moisture cure 48. Shore A hardness: 15 49. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-00230C, Type II Class A 50. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-001543A 1. Back-up Materials: 51. As recommended by caulking or sealant manufacturer and compatible with each material. 52. Preformed material sized to require 25 percent to 50 percent compression upon insertion in joint. 53. Do not use materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or similar materials. • • • • . . .... ...... J. Bond Breakers: Where joints are not of sufficient depth to reLB%id back-dr material install polyethylene bond -breaking tape at back of j oint, , , , • • , • ; • • • • K. Primer: •••• •••• ••:••. ...... . .. 54. As recommended by manufacturers of caulk'ing'br sealaftf ..... "": • used. . . . . • ...... 55. Type that will seal the surfaces and prevent absorption bf :.. •.: the vehicle essential to the retention of elasticity by the •.: caulking or sealant compound. L. Accessories: Provide solvent, cleaning agents and other necessary materials as recommended by the caulking or sealant manufacturer essential for a complete installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate surfaces and joints to be sealed and conditions under which work is to be performed and correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 17 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify joint dimensions, physical, and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this Section. B. Joints and spaces to be sealed or caulked shall be cleaned of dir, dust, mortar, oil and other deleterious substances that may impair bond or adversely affect the sealing or caulking work. Surfaces shall be dry before application of sealants or caulking compounds. C. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. D. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. E. Remove loose materials and foreign matter, which might impair adhesion of sealant. F. Clean and prime joint under provisions of manufacturer's instructions. G. Perform preparation under provisions of manufacturer's instructions. H. Protect elements surrounding work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work under provisions of ASTM C 1193 for solvent release and . • • • • . ASTM C 1193 for latex base sealants. 0 • • • • •' • B. Install sealant under provisions of manufacturer's instruction. C. ...... Concrete, masonry, stucco and other surfaces, if recommended 11y the sealant • • . • manufacturer, shall be primed before applying sealant. Primer sliall be applied ...... . .. • • : • • • ..... with a brush that will reach all parts of joints to be filled with seal'anY •.:..' ...... C. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required;wi tb/depth • • ...... • • •,; • D. ratios. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the • • •.; • joint width. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridged and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended temperature range. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Apply generally with caulking gun of proper nozzle size to fit joints. H. Apply with sufficient pressure to fill joint from backing to surface. I. For joints in flat surfaces, neatly tool compound slightly concave with proper tools. J. Execute finishing of caulking around frames with coving tool. K. As work progresses, immediately remove compound that may accidentally flow onto adjoining surfaces using manufacturer's recommended solvent and cleaners. Remove excess material from joints immediately. 18 L. At completion, carefully check all joints for damage and repair -damaged joints. M. Clean adjoining surfaces. N. Protect sealants and caulking until cured. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Exterior: B. Interior: 1. Perimeters of exterior openings where frames meet exterior facade of building: 2. Expansion and control joints in exterior surfaces of poured -in -place concrete walls: 3. All exterior frames. 1. Seal interior perimeters of exterior openings: 2. Interior control and expansion joints in floor surfaces: 3. Perimeters of interior frames: • • • • 4. Exposed interior control joints in drywall: • • • • • • • • • 5. Control joints in drywall, perimeter, and between metal .... framing and substrate in sound rated partitions. • • .... .. .. ... . 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • • • • • • • A. Perform inspections necessary to assure proper preparation of JV alions .arid . joints to receive sealants and caulking and to assure compliance with - manufacturer's instructions for mixing, installation, curing and protection. B. After curing of exterior joints exposed to weather, test for leaks by applying a stream of water perpendicular to the surface from a '/2 inch or 5/8 inch hose at normal city water pressure. Test at least ten percent of the exposed joint system. C. Repair leaks if any and retest as directed. 3.06 CLEANING A. Confine compounds to joint areas indicated by use of masking tapes or other precautions to prevent spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progresses and clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage. 19 3.07 CHANGE ORDERS A. Any relation or deviation from the specifications involving extra costs will be executed only upon written orders and will become extra charges over the above control 3.08 TIME PERFORMANCE A. Work is to be completed within a reasonable time from commencement to completion of job (weather permitting) as indicated in contract 3.09 INSURANCE A. All workers are to be fully covered by workers compensation insurance B. All vehicles and/or equipment are to be fully insured by the contractor END OF SECTION . . .... ...... ...... .. . ...... • • 20 SECTION 4: CONCRETE REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnishing of materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to repair, restore and waterproof deteriorated concrete of all balconies, soffits and exterior wall surfaces of all Structures. (See scope of work for details). B. Install shoring as directed or as needed to perform the Work. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various sections of the specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate dumpster location, staging and storage requirements with the Owner. . . .... ...... 1.03 EXAMINATION • ...... .. . ...... A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are.... .... : • • • •; acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means aeceptanee • • • • ; • • of existing conditions. ' • :' • : ". ""' . .. .. .... ...... B. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct charktetistics . ....:. and in the correct location. • 1.04 REFERENCES A. Referenced Codes and Standards: ICRI guidelines for Concrete Restoration shall be followed along with Florida Building Code 2010 edition. Use the latest standard in all cases. 1. ACI 201.1 R Guide for making a condition survey of concrete in service. 2. ACI 228.1 R In -Place methods to estimate concrete strength 3. ACI 301 "Standard Specification for Structural Concrete" 4. ACI 318 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforce Concrete." 5. ACI 347 "Guide to Formwork for Concrete Framework" 21 6. ACI 304R "Guide for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete" 7. ACI 503.4 Standard specification for repairing concrete with epoxy mortars. 8. ACI 506.2 Specification of concrete 7. ACI 54611- "Concrete Repair Guide." 8. ASTM C33 "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" 9. ASTM C94 "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete." 10. ASTM C150 "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" 11. ASTM C260 "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete" 12. ASTM C309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" 13. ASTM C469 "Standard Test Method for Static Modulus -of ' • • • •' • • • • • • Elasticity and Poisson's Ratio of Concrete in Comprds'sioh" .••;•. •. ...... Y. ...... 14. ASTM C494 "Standard Specification for Chemical Ard"xtures for.. Concrete" •••• Y••• ••••• 15. . .. . ASTM A 615 "Standard Specification for Grade 60.*.D�Qxmed an..4 ...... , • Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete" • • • •: • 16. ASTM C881 "Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Band '"•.: ' Bonding Systems for Concrete" 17. ASTM C1042 "Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Latex Systems Used With Concrete. 18. "Guide for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel Corrosion" (Article No. 310.1R-2008, formerly Guideline No. 03730) International Concrete Repair Institute, Technical Guidelines. 19. "Guide for Selecting Application Methods for Repair of Concrete Surfaces"( Article No. 320.1R-1996, formerly Guideline No. 03731) International Concrete Repair Institute. Technical Guidelines. 22 20. ICRI Guideline No. 03733- Guide for selecting & Specifying Materials for repair of Concrete Surfaces. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330 B. Submit copy of recommended manufacturer's product installation instructions. C. Approval by Engineer is required before beginning Work affected by submittals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications: Acceptable to the manufacturer with documented experience of at least 5 years on projects of similar nature. B. Comply with Manufacturers' instructions related to mixing and placing of the materials. • • • • . . .... ...... C. Protection of Work: Protect installed work and prohibit trafficor. •.•:.• •o storage upon waterproofed or coated surfaces. ''':'' ' • • • • • • • . . 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING . • • • •••••• • •• ••••• • . • • • A. Delivery products in original unopened containers with the �4u facturerfs; • • • • • name, labels, product identification and batch number. : • : ...:. . •••••• . . ••..•. B. Store and condition the specified products as recommended By the **so: • • manufacturer. Products shall remain unopened until ready for use. •• C. Where mixing of components is required, use complete pre -measured units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. BASF B. Sto Corporation C. Aquafin Corp 23 D. Sika Corp 2.02 PATCHING AND REPAIR MATERIALS Subject to compliance with other requirements in this specification, provide the following materials. A. Structural Repair Mortar: Provide single component shrinkage - compensated, cement based mortar for structural repair of distressed horizontal, vertical or overhead concrete. Form & Pour or Form and Pump. 1. Emaco 5-66 or LA40 by BASF 2. StoPatch Extended Mortar CR 211X by Sto Corp. 3. Mortar- Screed by Aquafin 4. Sikacrete SCC by Sika Corp B. Surface Repair Mortar: Provide single component Polymer -modified cementitious non -sag repair mortar for resurfacing of horizontal, vertical or overhead concrete. Depending on application and required repair provide: 1. Gel -Patch by BASF • • • • 2. Sto Overhead Repair Mortar CR 702 by Sto Corp • • ":' . . 3. Mortar V/O by Aquafin •' • 4. Mortar VOH by Sika Corp .... .... C. Suface Repair Mortar for thin patches and re -skimming or lettliy� low: .**- areas: Polymer -Modified cementitious, flowable repair mort*ti Xrpvide � � . • .: 1. Emaco R-300 by BASF ' 2. Sto Skim Coat CR 216 by Sto Corp ' • • 3. Mortar 40 by Aquafin 4. SikaTop 122 Plus by Sika Corp D. Aggregate: Shall conform to ASTM C 33. Aggregate for incorporation with bagged mortar shall be 3/8", well graded non -reactive and cleaned. Added aggregate shall be within the manufacturer's recommended addition rates. E. Water: Clean and potable. 2.03 RELATED MATERIALS A. Epoxy Bonding Agent: Provide 100% solids, two component epoxy bonding compound for bonding new 24 concrete to existing surfaces. Epoxy bonding agent shall meet ASTM C 881, Type III, Grade B or C material. 1. Concresive Epoxy Series By Master Builders 2. Sikadur Series by Sika Corp B. Where necessary add Bonding Agent and Anti -Corrosion Reinforcing Bar Coating: Provide polymer -modified, cement based coating with micro silica to provide protection for steel reinforcing. Provide a minimum 24- hour open time. 1. Emaco P24 by BASF 2. Sto Bonding and Anti -Corrosion Agent CR 246 by Sto Corp. 3. Rebar Primer/Bond-CI by Aquafin 4. Armatec 110 by Sika Corp C. Evaporation Retarder: Provide a spray applied Monomolecular film that reduces the rate of surface moisture evaporation under hot, dry or windy conditions. 1. Confilm by Master Builders .... 2. Sikafilm by Sika Corp ' • • • •' • • • • • • D. ... Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Shall confo...to .. . ...... . • ASTM C 309-93, Type I at a minimum application rate of 20p.sq}uare .... : feet per gallon. .... .... ..... . ...... . .. ..... "." ' • •'' • 1. Kure 1315 by BASF ...... . • . . . . . . ..... . E. Epoxy Injection Resin: Two -component moisture-insensitivq 10!}%A 0 ....: solids epoxy adhesive designed for injection grouting. 00; 1. Concresive Liquid LVI by BASF 2. Sikadur Series by Sika Corp F. Surface Seal: The surface seal material for epoxy injection is that material used to confine the injection adhesive in the fissure during injection. This material shall have sufficient strength to resist injection pressures to prevent leakage during injection. 1. Concresive Paste Series by BASF 2. Sikadur 33 by Sika Corp G. Urethane Injection Resin: Polyurethane injection resin designed to sealing water leaks in concrete. Used in a port to port injection method. 25 1. Concresive 1230 by BASF 2. Inject Pro by Aquafin 3. Sikafix HH by Sika Corp 2.04 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing steel: Conforming to ASTM A 615-94, 60-ksi-yield grade billet -steel deformed bars. B. Stirrup Steel: Conforming to ASTM A 615, 40-ksi-yield grade billet - steel deformed bars. 2.05 ALTERNATE TRANSIT MIXES A. General: Alternate transit mixes may be considered for selective applications. However, bids shall be based on pre -mixed bagged repair materials. B. Contractor shall submit mix design and supporting back-up data for proposed transit mix. One of the three design methods referenced in ACI 318 must be used. • C. Concrete mixes to be produced and delivered conforming to•AfiTIVI C 9.4.:.. Materials and the mix must conform to the following requirdrh'ents: "" .... 0 .... 1. Water/cement ratio shall not exceed .40 by weight. • .. • • • • • 2. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II. • • • • • • ' 3. Admixtures: ASTM C 494. "" "" • • • 4. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. ' 5. Aggregates: ASTM C 33 • 6. Fibrous Reinforcement: Use polypropylene fibers at a tAte bf """ • 1.5 pounds per cubic yard. 7. Water: Potable PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. All repair areas shall be prepared in accordance with International Concrete Repair Institute's "Guide for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel Corrosion" (Guideline No. 03730.) This includes but is not limited to the following. 1. Remove loose or deteriorated concrete above corroded reinforcing steel. Removals shall be performed with chipping hammers or 26 I� other Engineer's approved method. Chipping hammers shall not be in excess of 15 pound rating. 2. Once removals are made, proceed with undercutting of all exposed corroded bars. Undercutting will provide clearance for under the bar cleaning. Concrete shall be removed such that a _ inch clearance under the bar is achieved, or'/4 inch greater than the largest aggregate used in the repair. 3. Concrete removals shall extend along the bars to locations along the bar free of bond inhibiting corrosion. Removals shall extend two inches beyond the location of corrosion -free bars. 4. If non -corroded reinforcing bars are exposed during the undercutting, care will be taken not to damage the bond between the bar and the concrete. 5. Loose reinforcement shall be secured in place by tying to other secured bars or by approved method. 6. Engineer shall determine the necessity of replacing or supplementing reinforcing steel with reduced cross sectional areas .. caused by corrosion damage. Ole 009000 •. . •... 7. Repair configurations should be kept as simple as possib%to • • • minimize boundary edges. .... .... 8. At edge locations, provide right angle cuts to the corMW rurfade • by saw -cutting 3/4 inch or less as required avoiding 0�}t'rjg , reinforcing steel. ' • • 9. After removals and edge conditioning are complete, remove bond • . inhibiting materials by abrasive blasting or high pressure water blasting. Check concrete surfaces after cleaning to insure that the surface is free from loose aggregates. 10. Presoak repair substrate to a saturated surface dry condition. Bar Coating and Bonding Options 1. Following completion of repair preparation, apply anti -corrosion reinforcing bar coating to the exposed reinforcing steel. 2. Bond the repair material to the prepared area with one of the following methods. 27 a. Apply the epoxy -bonding agent to the prepared concrete surface according to manufacturer's instructions. b. Apply a slurry bond coat of the repair material to the prepared area with a stiff bristle brush or broom. Do not allow the slurry to dry prior to installation of the repair material. Do not re -temper this bond coat. _9100iut . _0141 A. Mechanical mixing is recommended with the use of a slow speed drill with a jiffler-type paddle, or in an appropriate mortar mixer. Typical mixing time is 3-5 minutes. Do not add more water than is recommended by the manufacturer. Do not mix longer than 5 minutes. Mix so material is consistent throughout the mix. B. Only that portion of material that can be properly mixed within 10 minutes of application should be mixed. 3.03 APPLICATION. A. Apply fresh mortar to the bond coat. Place repair mortar according to manufacturer's recommendations. • .... B. Evaporation Retarder: Where rapid surface evaporation may.000u • • • in hot, windy conditions, apply specified evaporation retarder-dMurding to manufacturer's recommendations. •"""" • C. Finishing: Completed repair surfaces should be straight, true and match . .. existing profiles. Do not overwork the surface. 0 3.04 CURING A. All repaired surfaces must be cured for a minimum of 5 days with one of " the following methods. 1. Wet cure with burleen or wet carpet 2. Ponding 3. Sheeting material 4. Liquid membrane -forming curing compound. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protect cured areas from storage and traffic during curing period. 3.05 CRACK REPAIR A. Epoxy Injection 28 1. Preparation: Prepare the area and cracks to be injected in the following manner. a. Surfaces adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, oil, and grease or other foreign matter, which may be detrimental to bond of injection surface seal. b. Entry ports shall be provided along the crack at intervals of not less than the thickness of concrete at that location. C. Surface seal material shall be applied to the face of the crack between the entry ports. Allow surface seal material to gain strength prior to injection. 2. Equipment for Injection: Provide injection equipment that is portable, positive displacement type pump. The pump shall be electric or air powered and shall provide in -line metering and mixing. Equipment shall have the capability of maintaining the volume ratio for the epoxy adhesive within a tolerance of +1-5% by volume at any discharge pressure up to 160 psi. 3. Injection: Shall begin at the lowest entry port and continue until there is an appearance of epoxy adhesive at the next port adjacent... to the entry port being pumped. The epoxy injection shall be • • • • • transferred to the next adjacent port where the adhesive! appeared. Injection shall be performed until cracks are a npletely. filled. 4. Finishing: When cracks are completely filled, epoxyV&(!Ive slak* • be cured for sufficient time to allow removal of surfice. jj41 , without any draining or run -back of epoxy adhesive 1 iaterial. • Surface seal material and any adhesive runs shall be ienlp%ed from concrete surfaces. The face of the crack shall be frnisMd flush • O' • with concrete, showing no indentations or protrusions caused by placement of entry ports. 5. Filling Cored Holes: After the Work has been accepted by the Engineer, cored holes shall be repaired using a two component bonding agent and a suitable repair mortar. The bonding agent shall be applied to the surfaces of the cored holes, followed by application of repair mortar placed by hand trowel, thoroughly rodded and tamped in place, and finished to match color, finish, and texture of existing concrete Crack Sealing by Gravity 29 1. Repair Method: Notch cut cracks to 20 mils to 1.4-inch wider cracks with a mechanical router. Remove all loose debris and dust. Clean out cracks and voids by compressed air or as recommended by manufacturer. If appropriate, seal underside of the crack with a surface seal. Pour neat (no sand) low viscosity material in routed crack until it is completely filled. Allow to seep into the crack and refill. Finish material off flush with concrete so as not to show any indentations or protrusions. 3.06 WINDOWSILLS Windowsills must be repaired by providing a 4 in thickness of wall cap concrete beam with 2 # 4 longitudinal bars and # 3 ties @ 12 in on center. Top of beam must have a 1/8in. to 1 ft. pitch outwards for proper drainage. 2. Bottom window frame must be securely attached to cap beam by means of fasteners such as the ones existent around the frame. 3. All repair area must also be properly cleaned caulked and sealed. 3.07 CLEANING .... A. General: Keep area clean during repair operation, remove and Clean . . • .. promptly, mortar, or epoxy spills with appropriate tools and; oMits .. . ...... without damaging concrete. Collect and maintain site in a clean and .. • . • • • • orderly condition. Remove debris daily from site. 000000 • • • • ":". ...... . .. ..... .... B. Final Cleaning: Remove all mortar splatters, epoxy spills from xw• .... ...... repair area and adjacent structures acceptable to the Engineepl. • • • • • • • • PART 4 WARRANTIES • • . • • • 4.01 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer and Contractor shall jointly agree to warranty the repair work against failure due to materials or workmanship for the period of the warranty. Contractor shall provide a letter from the Manufacturer prior to commencement of the work indicating their willingness to provide such a warranty. Contractor shall provide sample warranty prior to commencement of work. B. The period of the warranty shall be five (5) years from the date of completion for concrete repairs and seven years on all painting and waterproofing. END OF SECTION 30 SECTION 5: STUCCO SPECIFICATIONS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Before stucco is applied, surfaces to be plastered shall be carefully examined by the Contractor. The Engineer shall be notified of unsatisfactory surface conditions. Application of stucco shall not proceed until any imperfections, irregularities and unsatisfactory conditions that may compromise the final condition shall be corrected and ready to receive work. 1.02 Proceeding with the application will constitute acceptance of the substrate by the Contractor. Any corrective effort required to correct the substrate after the application of the stucco will be at the Contractor's expense. 1.03 Masonry -verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on the masonry surface. 1.04 Concrete -verify surfaces are flat, honeycomb is filled flush and the surface is ready to receive work. Verify no bituminous, water repellent or form release agents are on the concrete surfaces that are detrimental to stucco. 1.05 Grounds and Blocking -verify items within walls for other sections of work have... been installed. %,see ...... .. . .... • PART 2: PREPARATION •••:•• 60 •••••• ...... .... .... . . 2.01 Limits of stucco and counter flashing removal shall be saw cut to permib' • • • • • • • .. " installation of new counter flashing with a minimum 4" coverage ollef. Md top 4f • • • • • • • • • the base flashing. Remove all stucco material and sheet material belts $4w cut. . . . . . ...... 2.02 Roughen and clean masonry and concrete surfaces to the degree required to . :....: achieve mechanical bond. Apply bonding agent where needed for adhesion. • • • • • Surfaces to receive stucco shall be damp without visible surface water. PART 3: STUCCO WORK 3.01 Stucco shall be 2-coat application, thickness to match existing. 3.02 Use mechanical mixers of approved type. Mixers and tools must remain clean. Re -tempering will not be permitted. 3.03 Scratch coat shall be mixed by volume as follows: One part white portland cement, 3 parts sand, 10 percent lime. Scratch coat shall be applied with pressure and heavily cross scratched. 31 3.04 Finish coat shall be mixed by volume as follows: One part white portland cement, 3 parts sand, 10 percent lime. PART 4: MOISTURE RETENTION (CURING) 4.01 Dampen previous stucco coats which have dried out prior to time of applications of next coat. Dampen with water as needed for uniform adhesion. The contractor is responsible for determining the most effective procedure for curing and lapse time between applications of coats based on climate and jobsite conditions. Stucco which is cracked due to improper timing and curing will not be accepted. Remove and replace defective stucco, including base materials if damaged during removal of defective stucco. END OF SECTION . . .... ...... . ..... .. . ...... ...... . .... .... . . . . . .... ... ..... .. . ...... . ..... . • . • .. .. .... ...... . . . . ...... .... % 32 SECTION 6: PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS This specification has been written for the purpose of offering a seven (7) year non - prorated (material and labor) warranty on the painting of the exterior stucco of these buildings. A Benjamin Moore Representative or an authorized dealer representative will inspect the work in progress to help ensure proper preparation and application of all products. TERMS AND CONDITIONS A. EXTRAS & CHANGES 1. It is anticipated that the aforementioned work shall be inclusive and that there will not be extras or changes. The need for extra work and changes in the specifications will be the sole responsibility and determination of the Owner and will be submitted as a written work order to the Painting Contractor. No extra work will be done or changes made in the work as specified without a written work order from the Owner. B. LICENSE AND PERMITS 0.0 . . .... 0 ...... .. • .... .. . ...... 1. The Painting Contractor shall include with your proposal a cop.y.,any valid. . Occupational and Professional Licenses necessary to operate in the State af• • • Florida, the County and the City where the project is located••Ftirther llm ": Painting Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessaior':"' its:41;;• .. required by the State of Florida, the County and the City where.t4eproject is. •; located. ' ' . . . . ...... 0*0 C. INSURANCE • The Painting Contractor will be required to furnish suitable insurance certificates covering liability and property damage, Worker's Compensation coverage and they shall be kept in force during the course of the work. The Painting Contractor shall hold the Owner(s) harmless from all liens or damages arising from or caused by the work. Please include documentation of all such coverage or show the ability to obtain such coverage. 33 D. SAFETY RELATED PRECAUTIONS 1. It is the Painting Contractor's responsibility to read and follow all label and technical data directions and information and all safety requirements from the Manufacturer of the products being used. 2. The Painting Contractor will be responsible for roping off and erecting signs in areas where any painting is occurring. 3. The Painting Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of safety administration on the job and must be in compliance with all OSHA safety regulations. . . .... ...... ...... .. . ...... .... .... ..... ...... . .. ..... . . ...... . . 34 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Painting Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the cleaning, preparation, sealing and painting of all specified surfaces. B. All work is to be done in a workmanlike manner by skilled workers and carried out in such a way as to minimize any inconvenience to the occupants and tenants. The Painting Contractor shall maintain a full work force from the start to the completion of work and shall leave a qualified foreman on the job at all times. The Painting Contractor will be responsible for making sure that all the Painting Contractor's employees be fully and properly clothed in identifiable uniforms while working on the premises or entering any part of the facilities. The skilled workers will be thoroughly trained and experienced in their necessary trade and will be completely familiar with the specification requirements and methods for proper performance of the work in this Specification. C. The Painting Contractor once having started the job will continuously 3J)A. expeditiously proceed with its vigorous prosecution until completion. ' • • • • D. The Painting Contractor will not sub -contract any of their 'wt rk' If .dfd * . Painting Contractor proposes to sub -contract any work the PainfnAVontracfor. shall submit a complete list of any work proposed to sub,gpatract arid.. proposed sub -contractors along with all licenses and proofs of insx'rance`fvr - each. The Owner(s) or an authorized representative prior to t1V VcbtutioA of ' • the Contract shall review the list. The Owner(s) reserves the rig6iJ4*Jreject any, proposed subcontractor. : ' : • E. The Painting Contractor must include a price per square foot fox au7epaing as needed to all undiscovered spalling stucco and all other stucco in* need of - repair other than visible restoration. Visible deterioration must be repaired. F. All materials shall be applied free from runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners and brush marks. G. All materials shall be applied uniformly. H. The Painting Contractor shall be responsible for and use utmost care in the protection of the occupants property including all balconies, screens, windows, walkways, shrubbery, parked vehicles and any other property in the area from paint and/or any other damage. I. The Painting Contractor shall be solely responsible for the rectification of any such damage, the cleanup involved from work outlined in this specification, and their employees during the performance of their labor. Payment to the Painting Contractor will be withheld until settlement is reported. 35 1.02 LIASON A. The Owner's Representative and the Painting Contractor shall transmit all information pertaining to the job and shall not permit unauthorized interference from residents of the Owner's Property or from the Painting Contractor's employees. 1.03 INSPECTION A. In order to avoid any dispute over existing damage it is suggested that before the commencement of any work that the Painting Contractor along with the Owner or the Owner's Representative together walk the project and make a list of all existing damage. This list should contain the names and/or numbers of any units showing signs of any kind of damage. Each party should keep a dated copy. In the event of a claim, the Owner and the Painting Contractor can use this list to resolve any disputed damage. B. The Painting Contractor shall schedule all required tests, approvals and inspections at appropriate times so as not to delay the progress of the work. The Painting Contractor shall bear all expenses associated with tests, inspections and approvals required which, unless otherwise agreed to, shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory or entity approved by the Contractor and Owner. Inspections conducted the Benjamin Moore .&. Company representative does not dismiss the Painting Contractor• "P •. responsibility for the prescribed preparation and application• bf •speciflec; • - products. • • • w • • • • • • C. The Painting Contractor is required to correct in a timely fashfoae ••any work• • • reasonably rejected by the Benjamin Moore Representative •6t•6wner fw. failing to comply with the Specification Documents whether ob'ZJ** d prioY�Q;;� .. •. the commencement of the warranty period or during the wa�4iu period.. Benjamin Moore & Company accepts no responsibility for any mereasc: 11V.: cost due to the any unforeseen or undiscovered condition that may arlse. • 1.04 RELEASE OF LIEN AND WARRANTY CERTIFICATE A. The successful completion of the project, while meeting all the necessary requirements to satisfy the issuance of a warranty, must be approved by an Authorized Benjamin Moore Dealer Representative of the store selling all the materials for said project, a Representative of the Benjamin Moore & Company and the Owner or the Owner's Representative. B. All monies owed to all suppliers selling any materials for said project must be paid in full and the Painting Contractor must furnish a Final Release of Lien from all suppliers that have filed Notice to Owners against any and all properties covered in these Specifications. C. After above criteria has been met the Warranty will be issued and final payment to the Painting Contractor will be made. 36 1.05 BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY A. The Painting Contractor shall be required to warranty the workmanship for period of time to correspond to the length of the material warranty as supplied by the Manufacturer. Please include a sample of "YOUR" warranty. B. The seven year exterior only limited warranty will apply only on the condition that the procedures stated and required in the Benjamin Moore & Company Limited Warranty are followed. The warranty extends only to the exterior masonry surfaces only not including floors and roofs. C. In order to control and properly document the required material usage, all materials must be purchased from a single Benjamin Moore Paints Authorized Dealer. This Dealer must be determined and agreed upon prior to the commencement of the work. D. The warranty states that any peeling, blistering, cracking or deterioration of the new paint film caused by a failure or defect in the structure or previous coatings is not covered. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bids are to be based solely on coatings manufactured by the BCnjwNn Modf(!'� & Company, except as otherwise noted or specified. • • • • B. Colors are to be those as approved by the Owner(s). A dupliratdcolor chip schedule will be supplied to the Painting Contractor. • • • • 4,00000 C. All paint and coatings must be delivered to the job site in the n Milfacture'r's ` original sealed containers. • • • • • . . . 08 D. The Owner reserves the right to take a representative sample of an paterials• the Painting Contractor brings on the job and have it tested by an approved.% laboratory to verify the materials conform to the specification set folk herejiV. • E. Due to different conditions of surfaces being painted the Painting Contractor'.: must assume responsibility for coverage of paint. One coat coverage cannot be guaranteed due to different absorption rates of the surfaces painted. Test patches should be completed prior to beginning of work to assure satisfactory coverage of material. F. Color differences due to different batches are inherent in the paint industry. The Painting Contractor should try to order as much of any custom mixed color at one time ready made from the factory or the paint store in order to avoid "batch color differences". As this might not be feasible in all circumstances, if smaller batches do need to be taken for whatever reason, the Painting Contractor should retain an amount needed from a particular batch to touch up those areas painted in that batch of paint to help avoid "touch up" problems. G. If any reduction of the coating's viscosity is necessary, it shall be done in accordance with manufacturer's label directions. 37 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ACCESS A. The Owner agrees to and shall be responsible for the trimming and/or removal of all foliage clinging to or otherwise obstructing the building and permit adequate access to the areas to be painted. B. The Owner agrees to notify all occupants of the property to remove any personal items, patio furniture and vehicles as necessary to permit the Painting Contractor to proceed without delay. C. The Painting Contractor must give tenants a three to four day notice prior to commencement of work in their area in order to have all crafts or objects removed from any area that will hinder the progress of the work in any way. Parked vehicles are also to be moved from the area described. D. The Painting Contractor must be allowed easy access to all locked areas that have been included to be painted. 3.02 STAGING AREA A. The Painting Contractor is to submit their requirements for a staging area (shop and storage areas) and parking area for their employees and the Owner will make every effort to provide a suitable area. At the end of each working day, all equipment, ladders, paint, supplies, vehicles, etc. must be returned.tq. the staging area and the working area must be left clean. Prgtecti-on of skis, • • area is the sole responsibility of the Painting Contractor and shd12 b� left id aC'. clean, safe and acceptable manner. • 3.03 REMOVAL • A. Upon completion of an area, it shall be left in a clean and orderd. condition • and all paint splatters contaminated rags and trash shall be remo veC ; • • • C • B. The Paint contractor shall be responsible for the proper di'spos'al of 'any hazardous waste generated during the course of work. Upon completion of the .; job, the Painting Contractor must remove all surplus materials, scaffolds etc., from the premises that relate to their trade. The Painting Contractor shall clean all window glass free of excess paint and splatters and remove paint that has been misplaced on any other surfaces. 3.04 PREPARATION OF THE SURFACES A. The Painting Contractor shall be wholly responsible for the quality of their work and is not to commence any part of it until all surfaces are in proper condition. B. All surfaces are to be clean of mildew, chalk, peeling paint and other residues. If, for any reason, the surface cannot be cleaned this condition must be 38 promptly reported to the Owner or the Painting Contractor will assume responsibility for the condition. C. If the Painting Contractor considers any surface unsuitable for proper finishing, they are to notify the Owners of this fact in writing. The Painting Contractor is not to apply material until corrective measures have been taken or the Owners have instructed them to proceed under the current conditions. D. Occasionally the Painting Contractor's cleaning technique develops or reveals an unforeseen condition that requires additional labor and materials. The Painting Contractor must either negotiate their contract or assume the responsibility for properly correcting the condition. E. The prime coat shall be applied soon after surface preparation has been completed, so as to prevent contamination of the substrate. 3.05 MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL A. If any mold or mildew is apparent the Painting Contractor must provide a sanitized surface free of mold and mildew spores prior to applying any coating to M surface. Should there be a question of chlorinating any surface the inspector's decision will be final. B. NOTE: USE RUBBER GLOVES, PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. Using a garden type of pressure pot and spray wand, saturate the surface with a diluted solution of chlorine or bleach consisting of one volume of bleach or chlorine to three times volumes.p f . water. As some solutions of chlorine and bleach are already diluted &60 - should be done to verify that the above -recommended solution Will 6 strAtg•. enough to remove any mold and mildew present. If not the solafio;„houldege increased or decreased as to properly remove all mold and mildew.. .... C. The solution must then be washed off with clean water. A water pressure • cleaner can be used. If washing off wood surfaces or roofs card 14tiN be takef'. 0000 not to damage the surface or create leaks especially on roofs ana,NY14dows. D. Repeat as necessary where needed. Sometimes the staining chuse&by n!old • and mildew contamination cannot be removed even after multiple applications of the removal solution. These surfaces if needed can be coateZr with a slain killing type of primer sealer such as our Benjamin Moore's Fresh Start Acrylic Primer 023 series to prevent bleed through. This primer must be applied after the primers that are specified below for each type of surface: E. The possibility of plant damage must be considered. If the mold and mildew removing solution run-off cannot be controlled or directed from vegetation, then it must be diluted with enough fresh water to render it harmless or another method of mold and mildew removal must be utilized. 3.06 GRAFFITI AND ROOFING MATERIAL STAINING A. The Painting Contractor shall be required to prepare surfaces where graffiti or asphalt material is present providing for complete blockage of visible traces of the said material through the specified coatings. The Painting Contractor shall 39 remedy any physical damage to the substrate in the form of gouges or excessive build of the graffiti element to match adjacent surfaces. Should remedy fall outside the scope of this specification, the Painting Contractor will notify the Owner in writing or be responsible for these areas. B. The following methods for graffiti removal/blocking are suggested dependent on the extent of damage. 1. Clean away all traces of mildew if present to eliminate deep contamination of the substrate. 2. Scrub surfaces with a suitable solvent or detergent to remove graffiti element. 3. Pressure clean, hot water pressure clean or abrasive blast stubborn stains on masonry to eliminate traces. Sand wood surfaces that have been gouged or carved to provide a smooth transition from the damaged areas to adjacent surfaces. 4. Use a blocking primer such as Benjamin Moore's Fresh Start 100% Acrylic All -Purpose Stain Blocking Primer 023 to prevent migration of color through to the specified finish coats. 3.07 DELAMINATING COATINGS A. Surfaces to be painted shall be made free of loose and delaminating coatings by the Paint Contractor. Delaminating that occurs as a result of insufficient. preparation will be the sole responsibility of the Painting Contractor. • • " • • • • • B. Masonry Surfaces . ": • . 1. Power Tool Clean using sufficient power at angles tJ t.'WJI removg loose coatings without damage to the surface. .... .... 2. Test all edges of remaining coatings by Hand Tool CTe=iYig using•a - thin bladed sharp steel scraper. ' • : : . ". C. Smooth surfaces . . D. Doors, windows, and handrails shall be Hand or Power Tool Cleaned to remove • loose coatings without damage to the surface. : • E. Prime surface with the specified materials F. Taper edges of remaining coatings to a smooth transition between levels using the • specified patching materials. G. Prime patching material with the specified material. H. Surfaces that cannot be properly prepared without damage to the surface shall be brought to the attention of the Owner or their agent immediately upon discovery. These surfaces will be noted and withheld from the warrantee areas. 3.08 EXTERIOR SUBSTRATE PREPARATION APPROXIAMATELY 90% OF ALL PAINT FAILURES CAN BE DIRECTLY ATTRIBUTED TO IMPROPER SURFACE PREPARATION. STRICTLY FOLLOWING ALL SURFACE PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL 40 SURFACES IS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM BENEFITS OF THE COATINGS TO BE USED. ALTHOUGH INSPECTIONS ARE CONDUCTED ON A REGULAR BASIS, IT IS THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR'S ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THAT ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED ARE PROPERLY AND COMPLETELY PREPARED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF ANY AND ALL COATINGS. A. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED MASONRY AND STUCCO SURFACES 1. Preparation A. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. B. Any areas exhibiting efflorescence deposits shall be treated with a 25% solution of Muriatic Acid to water, scrubbed and then thoroughly rinsed with clear water to neutralize any acidity. A pH test should then be conducted to verify if any further actions should be taken. 2. Cleaning a. Pressure clean all stucco and masonry surfaces with pressure washing equipment of at least 3000 P.S.I. or greater being sufficient enough to remove as much existing deteriorating coating as possible. It is recommended to use a rotating nozzle on the pressure cleaner to facilitate removal of the existing deteriorating coating and to help. identify any areas that are not presently deteriorating; AK• masonry • • surfaces must be free of dirt, grease, oil and chalk. All surfaces are U • dry thoroughly. If necessary, repeat procedure. Surf" are to be • tested with phenothelien (chemically) to make sure stueee•has ctjmd • • before any coating is applied. b. Areas exhibiting rust leaching from reinforcing steel ari to;0c chirW: - to the reinforcing rods and primed with Benjamin Moors'.&Industrial Coatings Alkyd Metal Primer M06 series. • c. Rust stains must be thoroughly removed. After wettil Ahe surface • with water, apply a solution of 2% oxalic acid or appropriate oxalic.: acid compound in water. It is important to observe the precautions listed on the container or these compounds for safe handling and storage. Wash with sponge and scrub brush until stain is removed, then rinse with clean water. Where rust staining was evident spot prime areas with one coat of Benjamin Moore's Industrial Coatings Acrylic Metal Primer M04 series. Apply two coats if necessary. 3. Surface Sealer a. After proper surface preparation, prime the entire exterior masonry surface with one coat of the Benjamin Moore recommended masonry conditioner according to the manufacturer's label instructions. b. Certain colors may require a pigmented sealer. 41 4. 5. c. Contractor is responsible for testing sealer coverage. The Painting Contractor may choose to use a pigmented sealer. d. Ceiling and soffit areas that do not exhibit chalky residue do not require sealer. Joint Sealant 1. All loose or deteriorated perimeter sealant around exterior side of doors and windows is to be removed. 2. Apply surface sealer to stucco surfaces, along the entire joint to receive sealant. 3. Apply a solvent wipe to metal surface, along the entire joint to receive sealant. Do not contaminate stucco substrate with solvent. 4. Apply sealant to full perimeter of door frames and windows to form a complete seal between metal and stucco. Tool the application of sealant in a manner to insure proper adhesion. Stucco Repair a. All loose, broken or spalling stucco must be removed and adjacent areas of suspect areas "sounded" for deteriorated stucco. b. Visible restoration must be discussed prior to bid due date and a determination should be made whether to bid separately or engage the services of a structural engineer. c. Prior to repairing stucco the affected area will be prepared with a bonding agent. Stucco work shall conform to ASTM standards and have surface texture to match the surrounding area. 0000 d. The Painting Contractor shall include in the bid fifty (,50)•square •feet • • of stucco replacement. Anything over repairs for areat'�rdater 4114 % fifty (50) square feet shall be considered an extra cost, • � the basq • bid. .... .•.• e. All cracks in masonry larger than hairline (over 1/16v) *are to •be • • ground out mechanically to form a "V" or "U" shapes Measuring--119 • *090 blown or brushed out to remove all dust, dried of all moisture. The resultant opening shall have Benjamin Moore's Moo;astic:55 )fVg:• Urethane Acrylic Sealant 465 series caulked in to coAp fitly fill'the void. • f. Once cured, the filled crack shall be overcoated with Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Textured Knife Grade Elastomeric Patching Compound 051-01, crowed in the center approximately 1/16" and feathered at least 3" on either side of the crack to match the surrounding surface as closely as possible. g. All hairline cracks (less than 1/16") will be filled using Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Textured Brush Grade Elastomeric Patching Compound 052-01 over a properly primed surface, crowing the application approximately 1/16" over the center of the crack and feathering the edges approximately 2" on either side to match the adjacent surface. 42 Ca h. After proper surface repair, spot prime patching material with one coat of the Benjamin Moore recommended masonry conditioner according to the manufacturer's label instructions. 6. Finish Coat a. After all crack repairs have fully cured, apply as needed the number of coats of the recommended Benjamin Moore & Co. Latex House Paint (unless stated otherwise), at a rate of application as stated on the label directions and to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color . NOTE: Previously repaired cracks, which have reopened, shall have all existing patch material removed and the crack treated as described above. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED WOOD SURFACES TO BE PAINTED 1. Remove all blistered, peeling paint to a sound substrate by scraping and sanding. Where bare wood is exposed spot prime with Moorwhite Primer. 2. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk must be cleaned by power wash. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. 3. Glossy areas under eaves and all protected areas not exposed to normal weathering should be dulled by sanding. Crystalline deposits under eaves. are a major cause of peeling and must be removed by flusbitIg witli'j'e strong stream of water from a garden hose. 4. To the properly sealed surface apply the coats needed. Ito. achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moors • recommended topcoat as described below according to the flMMufacturMf label instructions. 0 11. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED METAL SURFACIS ' 1. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned with an appropriate solvent or detergent solution to remove all traces of dirt, dust, grime, and oily residues prior to application of the specified coatings in accordance with SSPC-SPl-63 "Solvent Cleaning". 2. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk must be cleaned by power wash. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. 43 3 4. 5. :* Loose, peeling, blistering and flaking paint and rust shall be removed by power tool cleaning with wire brush, needle gun, scraping, or sanding in accordance with SSPC-SP3-63 "Power Tool Cleaning". Surfaces with a hard shiny finish should be dulled by sandpaper or other abrasive methods to insure adhesion of succeeding coats. After proper preparation, apply one coat of Benjamin Moore #M84-00 Rust Pretreatment to any exposed rusted surfaces according to the manufacturer label instructions. To the properly prepared surface prime or spot prime as necessary with the recommended Benjamin Moore INDUSTRIAL COATINGS RUST INHIBITIVE PRODUCTS according to the manufacturer label instructions. To the properly sealed surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. D. PREVIOUSLY PAINTED CONCRETE FLOORS 1 2 3. Q 5. Scaling and peeling paint should be removed by scraping and sanding. Surface should be washed thoroughly with strong detergent solution or Benjamin Moore's I.M.C. Oil and Grease Emulsifier M83-00 to remove. all grease, oil and soap residue. Rinse thoroughly and; alloyv to •dry • • completely before painting. All shiny surfaces must be dulled and scoured prior to appltcZtlgn of a*ny� • coatings. .... .... Floors that have been subjected to long term oil and grease•n2ust firsttfe•, aggressively scrubbed with proprietary grease -dissolving compounds, than * • rinsed thoroughly and allowed to dry completely before eWWug, below. CAUTION: FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECT' CA Iaf RUBBER GLOVES, WORK GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLUTHI11G. Unpainted and/or non -porous steel -troweled floors must be retched w91t1r Benjamin Moore's I.M.C. Concrete Pretreatment and Etch, M85-01 reduced according to label directions then rinsed thoroughly. The surface must be porous prior to application of any coatings. The Painting Contractor is responsible for the proper preparation of the floor to allow proper adhesion of the floor coating. Test porosity of surface even after etching by spraying mist of water on floor and examining whether water beads on surface (which would signify non -porosity) or soaks in the concrete (which would signify porosity). Properly etched floors after appropriate drying times should feel like fine grit sandpaper. If floors do not demonstrate this characteristic and does not appear porous per above test the floor is not ready to coat irregardless of preparation already completed and ,further actions must be taken to achieve proper adhesion of floor coating. 44 6. Due to the incompatibility of many floor coatings to each other after preparing concrete decks as described above a sample area must be painted and allowed to dry and cure to assure of compatibility of floor paint with existing substrate. 7. To the properly prepared surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. 3.09 COATINGS SCHEDULE A. EXTERIOR STUCCO Areas to be painted: Exterior masonry elevations and previously painted with latex metal surfaces. 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Latex Masonry Conditioner 066 series according to the manufacturer's label directions 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's Super Spec 100% Acrylic Low Lustre Latex Coating # 185 series according to manufacturer's label directions B. EXTERIOR METAL ...... .. . ...... Areas to be painted: Doors and frames . • • . • • • • . • • . • 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Universal Metal Primer p07 serves • • 09000 according to manufacturer's label directions. •, •.•' •..••. 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's P29 D.T.M. Acrylic fqrni-gloss •; Enamel according to manufacturers label directions. • • •... *00000 • :0000. • C. EXTERIOR WOOD 0 Areas to be painted: Door and frames. 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Alkyd Wood Primer 023 series according to manufacturer's label directions. 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's P29 D.T.M. Acrylic Semi -gloss Enamel according to manufacturer's label directions. 45 1E Y D. CAULK & PATCHING MATERIALS 1) Caulk- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 35 Year Acrylic Caulk 467 series 2) Sealant- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 55 Year Acrylic Urethane Sealant 465 series 3) Patching- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Elastomeric Patching Compounds E. CLEANING AGENTS 1) Benjamin Moore & Company Oil & Grease Emulsifier M83 series By definition of the Benjamin Moore & Company warranty, the Painting Contractor is limited to solely the above paint, patching and sealants. Any substitutions of specified products must have prior approval for use by the Benjamin Moore & Company Authorized Representative prior to project commencement. Substitution of any product without pre -authorization may cause stoppage of the project and void the warranty. MSDS and Tech Data sheets are available upon request. END OF SECTION 00,' 04 E . M(j ��END OF SPECIFICATIONS * No. 67338 �13O�.. ST AT �- A Florida Inspectionrliti'eers Inc. 13192 SW 1300' Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, FL 33186 46 . . .... ...... ...... .. . ...... .... .... ..... ...... . .. ..... .. .. .... ...... . . . . ...... NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT A RECORDED COPY MUST BE POSTED ON THE JOB SITE AT TIME OF FIRST INSPECTION PERMIT NO. TAX FOLIO NO. 'I— -��L3 D _ (�S e' <_"gC STATE OF FLORIDA: COUNTY OF MIAMI-DADE: STATE OF FLORIDA, CO, ' HEREBY CERTIFY that t ^r THE UNDERSIGNED hereby gives notice that improvements wiIIjbe4aadedtq, g 'p if a@ on property, and in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, the fallowing inf > is provided in this Notice of Commencement. " J' nand and Olh[ ik'FY RUVIN, JLERK description of property and 2. Description of improvement: GFN 2017RO313 200 OR BK 30562 Ps 929 (11`9s) RECORDED 04/06/2017 11:15:26 HARVEY RUVINr CLERK OF COURT MIAMI-DADE COUNTYr FLORIDA TY OF OADE �) Co pY or the t�0 alter .._M'C-.�� ay ofJ\t d--�L SAD 20 //�2 �� U � .; 'W and County CpM �?�, to OW rt ran D.C. Space above reserved for use of recording office 3. Owner(s) name and address: / S l.tt n . '` ` n rn ci:4 ' u k:)Q0 10 St Interest in property: "I A' `i 1 vr.: S Name and address of fee simple titleholder: 4. Contractor's name, address and phone number: Wev z 5. Surety: (Payment bond required by owner from contractor, If any) Name, address and phone number: Amount of bond $ 6. Lender's name and address: 7. Persons within the State of Florida designated by Owner upon whom notices or other documents may be served as provided by Section 713.13(1)(a)7., Florida Statutes, Name, address and phone number: 8. in addition to himself, Owners designates the following person(s) to receive a copy of the Uenor's Notice as provided in Section 713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. Name, address and phone number: 9. Expiration date of this Notice of Commencement: (the expiration date Is 1 year from the date of recording unless a different date is specified) WARNING TO OWNER: ANY PAYMENTS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ARE CONSIDERED IMPROPER PAYMENTS UNDER CHAPTER 713, PART 1, SECTION 713.13. FLORIDA STATUTES, AND CAN RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE COMMENCING WORK OR RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Signature(s) of OwnerCs) or Owner(s)' Authorized Officer/Director/Partner/Manager Prepared By ��,���-^ —7 '57, Prepared By Print Name %ff'" - S S,407 v a Print Name Title/Office /"?,c 5 r B- Ar Title/Office STATE OF FLORIDA i+�,umir.r u,ea tnn nr (SEAL) VERIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 92.525, FLORIDA STATUTES A. STUBBS Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have read the foregoing and �:;.,IZYIS!Ot; Ir pG075388 that the facts stated in. it are true, to the best of my knowledge and belief. =a�`.;;,PIKES htard118, 2021 Signature(s) of O%jner(s) or Owner(s)'s Authorized Officer/Director/Partner/Manag By 123_01-52 PAG>E3 W12 By Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 _ Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO of—//j-S' Q`c�/ � L d �� O ���� L/// 7,61 /� 4/= LZ < // .> yr ! rl� c Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO fe�2�0���/--� ov a �/ EGG%,/ � c � ✓►-+c �! .. j y� z � ✓/ -�iar icy ire/i t�v�tr �-f,. tom" Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. `3 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Descri tin YES NO o LAB F �/v��,L � 6�//�� its _• �•✓ �'�• �/, �% •% e.!%.L�-may •7 7X1 e .4ke, GG�^ia7 4 d l/ w,-o <t�f e//l. 4., • e,1, /X, Qr% Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 " h: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO / ell .17/A IycO(aG y �C� G �91 L, i3 41,17 e:' /3 ' /y/ Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 jj7 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO lo�-r" 4-v� ��• 1 /41-13 le,, ✓ z - 3 -z/ lee e- ell /O/G / f l� G�•� aC/��r 1s -�vG -Ae i Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 (o Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO ro '�g �� Me t� 2.4- 17 r+-h4- F4-t (3 56•, h.e Q �t ce Jit C Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 3 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO �iY//moo' v��Gi<r .•�iii A,-e If i •�.�.��-v1 nG//� v a �%� b//�S✓ 1/iA`/ ✓09 11 3.17 lco(+ 'hd'k' StV I zY�4 � ✓f �J 1`� /h /�/ r� �' Engineer: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Signature Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO / 107 ke d ,14 &e Gv/ ti do w l i �1 .i6 -1 Engineer. Adrian Munguia, P.E. Signature: Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO /J ? 12 20, Z i � Gam- ¢-LL/ 1,��6GJ � - � L� �. � ✓J Ike, e- �- y2iLv.2l GS . -+r �l -30 - 11 Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO I Lls✓ A¢f �/ o��a`/ its .� ,�! /1i C2 ��A. IF � / /�o ,�.i_/ �f//� Lug/,/ %�r�-t'>✓ Engineer: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Signature: Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 c® Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO 1-2 24 l r7 LL�n , P> a ;�Lt�Y!/� ,ice u/-� • /� a1/� Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 of Miami, Florida 33186 l Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO w p !�! ✓� - � moo✓% J / l h y�l�- / o✓ J(� /mil S 13 1 Lrtiy / /i / - �/sow/�'✓ /1-�-ter � � �! � Z - �� Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. h 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 p J Miami, Florida 33186 "h: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO / Sh -� •- j 1�GG7 �'GJ /�v :'� J /!�'LL G/��- 1. _ �_l�° z- S f��,��'• 41/4 el Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 "h: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO / a A-L* o c,� L.C- ram. ��� U/ter/a'� /�/Lj Z 3, 7 OA "' c ��' 7 31 l� Z- l8 C1 ad-,- // be Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 r, J Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO 514 :;;7!� /,may c. �/�,p :• f ty) r ��!�J %/,J / `! Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO 2 G 1 s� �/ ��J %ham/y 2�•7f'. <L) �rt.y �i ki �rGi�r G✓1 /<e� a/� 1 1917 //r/L'J 17 '�-r...c z :! • D� A • 2- Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 1 Miami, Florida 33186 " h: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO z Z/ ` } ov ✓life �"�' ctJGcZ / � / / C 3n �/ -7". Engineer: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Signature: Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 nh:(305)232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO W 42 �C V , c 0 6 ', OC. r • J54 7A 9 flee , 40 W- Uv Ilg. -R o / - %2-� r -� Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 M Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 " h: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Diate Sin Description YES NO J / L/ �<7 J�//l cal .�� V �✓�! �. =f ism Q Pal -'l — Z 6- 3 • iS! 6 W .base ewplek 6� .10�1 A-Z r 6 71 - ! 40 to A." Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 "h: (305) 232-8691 The Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105th Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Approved Date Sin Description YES NO -- j< ze -- � ,�`lerlk ���lG✓ �o�c� 77 � AI er- A4 `i • �r- l� �. � � mod. Zi.�:..Q � �..�� Engineer: Signature: Adrian Munguia, P.E. Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Gl 11// 1 _ _ Jam,' K /., �^/is�l�i-� ��leo.s/ems f Gy//o/ 5 �_ y Z D • l 8 B t a L L Ili W J :� ' y-�� � ,. q%iNG�OivS . dflr1�/rJa.�G �%�?/�/�.u/� „�7 �/c.✓lt�aaJ �/ll� . / g /d/• • �a��/.L,l hl.2G/ G - � - '� _ /"�/tif �`r/' / Z ��r/m/1 j co-7 G[!/eKelf G=9 7 L4v '? .,G -W ol, 1 / - //. Pe . n/f mil/ � � �",l • �--� �� 4' iJ, ell Mire G& Lae 07 L6e 00 liar 0b LAW 10 Trash Rbatt ti+eG7. ME Ot Uricio 03. Lir, 0'= DRAFTAIA" Document A105T" - 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Residential or Small Commercial Project AGREEMENT made as of the «' irt�'» day of «M »arch»arch in the year aTwo Thoand Seve�en _us (In words, indicate day, month and year.) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name, legal status, address and other information) do, ChOr1'^ C )ndomir nmA QC' itic • (t (17(1 \F (1C St ✓� t-ni �r� . rl. � s � �� » (TE•1_,'f ,Ilt 1\u�uh.... {�J-a4 .'ti 1 )) and the Contractor: (Name, legal status, address and other information) (. o- Jv. t - ('o; t . uebou a Ke5_r -a'(t n, »«, gal t nn-3-to- )) (' M ,U It no » cT,ltnh, t. r he r 11)1 14b- a444 » for the following Project: (Name, location and detailed description) (The Shores Condominium» d70 NE 105TH ST vIIAMI SHORES, FL 33138» (Concrete Restoration 3uilding Paint,.. The Architect: (Name, legal status, address and other information) ( iv-,,: cf on .n-i 1.;cn.. ' r_. )><( St urat-r_(l n,.1„ •1 r » (13'02 11Oth fE1 i— I' L-tiam• 1.33 3b c» The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. AUT11:1U145 AND U"Z1.V.LQk4b : Th author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have ree,ised the text of the original AI s andard form. An�ddition a d Deletions Re ort that no es added inrormation as well as revisions to t e standard Co rm text..i a ,ai lbl.e—fral the author and should be This document has impogtan legal consequences,�'"�� Consultatior1.wf5 an attorneyois enc ur ged with ,e ect�t ,.om letion or o-dfication) ,state or 1os�aw may impose `re uirement on contracts fh(?me improvements. I f`th2.s document will be used fo'r Work on the Owner's res'i ence, e Owne�r/s oul (ons bt�-Iocall aut merit l r atto$ne - t�ver fy requirements app Wable to thus Agreem4nt. ELECTRONIC COPYING of any portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of this document. AIA Document A105s' - 2007 (formerly A105s' - 1993 and A205- - 1993). Copyright O 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA! Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA! Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE 3 CONTRACT SUM 4 PAYMENT 5 INSURANCE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS 7 OWNER 8 CONTRACTOR 9 ARCHITECT 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 11 TIME 12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 14 CORRECTION OF WORK 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 16 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 17 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.1 The Contractor shall complete the Work described in the Contract Documents for th Documents consist of .1 this Agreement signed by the Owner and Contractor; .2 the drawings and specifications prepared by the Architect, dated <( , and Drawings: Number Title Date Specifications: Section Title ? jit 'r tr. kd )d t t So,. F.a AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A1051 - 1993 and A205" - 1993). Copyright O 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 2 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) .3 addenda prepared by the Architect as follows: Number Date Pages .4 written orders for changes in the Work issued after execution of this Agreement; and .5 other documents, if any, identified as follows: W-`id ..1ch .1 k Jig �La y.. tlk,r ARTICLE 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The number of calendar days available to the Contractor to substantially complete the Work is the•C-ontraetTime.— The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated below. The Contractor shall substantially complete the Work, no later than <40s im -� d , 1_ '-t.. »M( «� i �) calendar days from the date of commencement, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 10 and Articl II (Insert the date of commencement, if it differs from the date of this Agreement.) ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM § 3.1 Subject to additions and deductions in accordance with Article 10, the Contract Sum § 3.2 For purposes of payment, the Contract Sum includes the following values related to portions of the Work: (Itemize the Contract Sum among the major portions of the Work.) Portion of Work Value C § 3.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: (Identify and state the unit price; state the quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit Item ,trL 1va11 C _ nulmn -p; Ill.�l ► .t Po Rrn;' r( ) 1•)t t« ' Rtr+V%, 4-11 R. nc. 111 stir^ FN•, I3 lrnnN 1 iIr R.•mm '1 qF • E3 •cnnN V --mrn-,in; anj+1•.c )-io- �t lti ln',m (.' 1' k r •, c (. �., t,. to V to 1 Units and Limitations § 3.4 Allowances included in the Contract Sum, if any, are as follows: (Identify allowance and state exclusions, if any, from the allowance price.) Price per Unit gill cb .►I, ��. Jo AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A105s' - 1993 and A205- - 1993). Copyright 6 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 3 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) Item _ Price c- — 1 .0 § 3.5 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in a Contract Documents and hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. If the bidding or proposa do uments permit the Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a sche l le of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.) M «» I § 3.6 The Contract Sum shall include all items and services necessary for the proper execut on d completion of the Work. ARTICLE 4 PAYMENT § 4.1 Based on Contractor's Applications for Payment certified by the Architect, the Owner sha 1 pay the in accordance with Article 12, as follows: (Insert below timing for payments and provisions for withholding retainage, if any.) § 4.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. ARTICLE 5 INSURANCE § 5.1 The Contractor shall provide Contractor's general liability and other insurance as (Insert specific insurance requirements and limits.) Type of insurance Limit of liability ($0_00) ;L e d I1,^O(I 00 '.1, �T :,. tor- - on, ,. ,, ,, eci 1^1:))c r, r )OO Oil .1 1, no 110i, § 5.2 The Owner shall provide property insurance to cover the value of the Owner's property,in ,16K provided under this Agreement. The Contractor is entitled to receive an increase in the Contrac(Sum insurance proceeds related to a loss for damage to the Work covered by the Owner's propel! y insurar § 5.3 The Contractor shall obtain an endorsement to its general liability insurance policy to cover the obligations under Section 8.12. ( 1 § 5.4 Each party shall provide certificates of insurance showing their respective coverages the Work. § 5.5 Unless specifically precluded by the Owner's property insurance policy, the Owner and Cpr►t"ractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, suppliers, agents and employees eaclp of a o de (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants and any of their agents and employees, for damage caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance or other insurance applicable to i) e Work. ARTICLE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 6.1 THE CONTRACT The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and su representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modification in accordance with Article 10. AIA Document A105" - 2007 (formerly A105s' - 1993 and A205w - 1993). Copyright 6 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) § 6.2 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided, or to be provided, by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. § 6.3 INTENT The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper e the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is binding as if required by all. § 6.4 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER I Documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service for use so Project. The Architect shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in( Contractor, subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers are ai reproduce the instruments of service solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. Th may not be used for other Projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the written consent of the Architect. ARTICLE 7 OWNER § 7.1 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 7.1.1 If requested by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish all necessary surveys and a site. completion of one shall be as h respect to this the copyright. The ;d to use and § 7.1.2 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall obtain and pay for other necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges. § 7.2 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the O ewr may direct the Contractor in writing to stop the Work until the correction is made. § 7.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and'fails within a seven day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction Jf such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies, correct such deficiencies. In such case, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted to deduct the cost of correct*n-froWayments due the Contractor. § 7.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTSf § 7.4.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project. I § 7.4.2 The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with the Owner's own forces and employed by the Owner. § 7.4.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. ARTICLE 8 CONTRACTOR § 8.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 8.1.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated pe requirements of the Contract Documents. § 8.1.2 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with ea information furnished by the Owner. Before commencing activities, the Contractor shall AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A105" - 1993 and A205" - 1993). Copyright 8 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the CJ maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) and verify field conditions; (2) carefully compare this and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents; and (3) promptly report errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered to the Architect. § 8.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. § 8.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 8.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, metho Is, tec iques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work. § 8.3.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in w4 itirI to the Owner through the Architect the names of subcontractors or suppliers for each portion of the Worl . Tie Contractor shall not contract with any subcontractor or supplier to whom the Owner or Architect have made a timely and reasonable objection. n § 8.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 8.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide Ld pay for la materials, equipment, tools, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessky for proper and completion of the Work. I I § 8.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's: employees anddother persons carrying out the Contract Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 8.5 WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that: (1) materials and equipment furnishe�d'und r� the will be new and of good quality unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Docu er�i n (24,the will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted; and (3) the Wor will -co f�► orm to requirements of the Contract Documents. ``.�� § 8.6 TAXES The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes that are legally required when the Contract is executed. § 8.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES § 8.7.1 The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the building permit and other permits and and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. § 8.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by agencies. having jurisdiction over the Work. If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinal A, codes, rules fnd regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Wokk and shall bear the attributable costs. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any known inconsistencies in the Contract Documents with such governmental laws, rules and regulation.. § 8.8 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall promptly review, approve in writing and submit to the Architect Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings, similar submittals are not Contract Documents. § 8.9 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinanc( Documents and the Owner. AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A105n' - 1993 and A205" - 1993). Copyright O 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA* Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA� Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) § 8.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. § 8.11 CLEANING UP The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of the Work. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove its tools, constru( and surplus material; and shall properly dispose of waste materials. § 8.12 INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless th Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from perfo provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the ext negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. ARTICLE 9 ARCHITECT § 9.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in tl or trash related to nent, machinery s, losses and of the Work, or death, or to ed by the ,ed by them or § 9.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work. § 9.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in a since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility. The Architect will not be responsible failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.4 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Pa t the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor. § 9.5 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. § 9.6 The Architect will promptly review and approve or take appropriate action upon Co only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the in the Contract Documents. § 9.7 The Architect will promptly interpret and decide matters concerning performance the Contract Documents on written request from either the Owner or Contractor. of, § 9.8 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such -interpretations -and--- decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith------.,,,,, § 9.9 The Architect's duties, responsibilities and limits of authority as described in the Contraor Documen`"� is sha be changed without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall r}ot b ,uunreasonably withheld. I ARTICLE 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 10.1 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within thggeneral scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adju" sad _J accordingly in writing. If the Owner and Contractor can not agree to a change in the ContractSumthe-Owner_shal pay the Contractor its actual cost plus reasonable overhead and profit. AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A105a' - 1993 and A205- - 1993). Copyright © 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA� Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 7 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) § 10.2 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such orders shall be in writing and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such orders promptly. § 10.3 If concealed or unknown physical conditions are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or from those conditions ordinarily found to exist, the Co tract Sum and Contract Time shall be subject to equitable adjustment. ARTICLE 11 TIME § 11.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. § 11.2 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond tht Contractor's control, the Contract Time shall be subject to equitable adjustment. ARTICLE 12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 12.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum stated in the Agreement, including authorized adjustments, is the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Document § 12.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 12.2.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for Work completed in accordance with the values stated in the Agreement. Such Application shall be supported by data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may reasonably require. Payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advanceby'fhf Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment stored, and protected from damage, off at a location agreed upon in writing. �'` /"- f I § 12.2.2 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for PaymeWtt-will pass a Ova no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Applic rio �forfor, Payment, all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received tronk, Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances adverse to the Owner's interests. § 12.3 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Pay Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the A properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for in whole or in part. § 12.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS l� § 12.4.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Contract Documents. § 12.4.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each subcontractor and supplier, upon receipt of payment.from-the--.., Owner, an amount determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable subcontracts and purchase orders. § 12.4.3 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have responsibility for payments to a sub -on tr ctor. or supplier. § 12.4.4 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupanc of (the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the requirements of he 6ontract Documents. AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly AIDS- - 1993 and A205m - 1993). Copyright O 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AW Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) § 12.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.5.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 12.5.2 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Archit( inspection to determine whether the Work is substantially complete. When the Architect d( substantially complete the Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion t of Substantial Completion, shall establish the responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor. within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Woi thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 12.6 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 12.6.1 Upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will inspect the W finds the Work acceptable and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly Payment. § 12.6.2 Final payment shall not become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect r liens, and data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, claims, encumbrances arising out of the Contract. ill make an ines that the Work is call establish the date shall fix the time hen the Architect final Certificate for and waiver's of § 12.6.3 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a subcontractor or material supplieLsbalj CDDgit .t�L, LwAiyc of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautic including all those required by law in connection with performance of the Contract. The Cont reasonable precautions to prevent damage, injury or loss to employees on the Work, the Qrk a94 equipment to be incorporated therein, and other property at the site or adjacent thereto. The C-0110 promptly remedy damage and loss to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, or by acts the Contractor may be liable. ARTICLE 14 CORRECTION OF WORK § 14.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect as failing to < requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting including the costs of uncovering, replacement and additional testing. § 14.2 In addition to the Contractor's other obligations including warranties under the Connactll the for a period of one year after Substantial Completion, correct work not conforming to the requirem Contract Documents. I I for § 14.3 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct accordance with Section 7.3. 1 ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 15.1 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of § 15.2 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 15.2.1 At the appropriate times, the Contractor shall arrange and bear cost of tests, inspec 'on and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, statutes, ordinances, cods, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities. I I § 15.2.2 If the Architect requires additional testing, the Contractor shall perform those AIA Document AIDS- - 2007 (formerly A105- - 1993 and A2051 - 1993). Copyright O 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA� Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 9 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) § 15.2.3 The Owner shall bear cost of tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after the Contract is executed. § 15.3 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. ARTICLE 16 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT § 16.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR I If the Architect fails to certify payment as provided in Section 12.3 for a period of 30 days through no fault of the Contractor, or if the Owner fails to make payment as provided in Section 12.4.1 for a perio of�30�ays, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, ter minate4heZontract•and— recover from the Owner payment for Work executed including reasonable overhead and prt fit,land costs incurred by reason of such termination. § 16.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE § 16.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers o .2 fails to make payment to subcontractors for materials or labor in accor agreements between the Contractor and the subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders jurisdiction; or .4 is otherwise guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract § 16.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, after consultation with the Architect, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may .1 take possession of the site and of all materials thereon owned by the Contractor, and .2 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. § 16.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 1 .2.1 Contracton sh ll not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 16.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, such excess shall be d to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. This obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 16.3 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and v shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. ARTICLE 17 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS (Insert any other terms or conditions below.) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. (If required by law, insert cancellation period, disclosures or other warning statements above AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A105m - 1993 and A205- - 1993). Copyright O 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 10 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) OWNER (Signature) (Printed name, title and address) CONTRACTOR Signature) (Printed name, title and LICENSE NO.: JURISDICTION: Ac 0 AIA Document A105- - 2007 (formerly A105- - 1993 and A205" - 1993). Copyright 6 1993 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or di Is tribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 1 1 maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 16:43:26 on 03/09/2017 under Order No.6878905920_1 which expires on 05/19/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1767000116) 4 SHORES CONDOMINIUM 17D0 NE IOSTH STREET. MIAMI SHORES, FLORIDA 331M HERE LOCATION MAP XTA DESCRIPTION BUILDING: THIS PROPERTY CONSISTS OF A S-STORY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURE WITH BEAMS AND COWMNS.IT HAS EXTERIOR MASONRY BLOCKS WALLS COVERED BY A COMBINATION OF FLAT STUCCO AND BRICKS AND BALCONIES ARE REINFORCED CONCRETE WITH STEEL BRACING ON THE SIDES AND ALUMINUM RAILINGS THE EXTENT OF THE REPAIRS IS AS FOLLOWS SCOPE OF WORK 1. WINDOW SILLS: A SMAL NUMBER OF WINDOW SLLS ON THE EXTERIOR NEED REPAIR. ].ADDRESS MINOR CONCRETE SPALUNG OBSERVED AT BALCONY EDGES 3.REPAIR ANY AREAS WITH EXPOSED BAR TIPS OR REBARS CREPAIR OF EXTERIOR STUCCO CRACKS ATALL ELEVATIONS SREPAIR EXTERIOR LOOSE STUCCO S. R MAY INCLUDE TO EUII INATEANY SPALUNG OR DAMAGES RELATED TO CORROSION AT THE AREAS MARKEDAND OTHER AREAS CONCEALED AFTER THE DEMOLITION HAS OCCURRED T.PANTNG OF THE REPAIR AREAS OF THE BUILDING. ENGINEERS NOTE: DOEa NOT Ei2go R��IAI CE�A�xr�xuu�ar nE IM.lpq.. IFA6nM0 BUxngaicllaAl�ivµ � � .nE NORTH ELEVATION SOUTH ELEVATION BUILDING ELEVATIONS SHORES CONDOMINIUM - LEGEND KEY NOTATION THE LE -I SHOWN ON THE DRAWING IS FO0. IDENTIFICATION P. EDGE OF SIAS REPAIR © ® PURPOSES ONLY. THE ACTUAL LENGTH WILL VARY DEPENDING ON THE CONDITION OF THE REINFORCEMENT AND THE SPALLED pm wl� Stu Imp— TW.SUB R®AIR ® 0®i CONCRETE BASED ON THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF BEAMS AND COLUMN AT THE TIME OF CHIPPING OF CONCRETE AND INSPECTION. nm ® 5w0 xG TYP. WiXOOW SILL REPAIR im 1-1 E.Q/].S I A.01 SHEET 1 OF 4 B 8 8 8 m® ®R .. ®® ®® wu 8 J ®® ® 8 8 8 ® ®® ®® ®® Z o no 8 B W �^ EAST ELEVATION V] m . � E ^_ s w WEST ELEVATION ag LEGEND > > J BUILDING ELEVATIONS SHORES CONDOMINIUM — KEY NOTATION THE LENGTH SHOWN ON THE DRAWING 15 FOR IDENTIFlUTHO m EOQ tIWy AEM[ —EDGEOF slave .-I© ® PURPOSES ONLY. THE ACTUAL LENGTH WILL VARY DEPENDING ON THE CONDITION OF THE REINFORCEMENT AND THE SPALLED g C w[NDOW SILL RE R4 CONCRETE EASED ON THE ACIINL COMDRION OF BERMS AND 4 O R y TYP. SIAB REPAIR © ® COLUMN AT. THE TIME OF CHIPPING OF CONCRETE AND INSPECTION q ® POIFN+IAL OfO[WAWNG TYR, WINDOW SILL REPAIR ® g WDs a w y w.07 uM oa K Z Z p y Moa Q O uM+o a' OF Z Z O w M. W N RP, 0[ W y W r U. os LMa uwy u. ox ur of CC O o S LOBBY _O K co Z ENTRANCE IAERT —IS Unite Um+T L is —11 wwF X W g oRM uM tt E.Q / 1.5 sw A.M uM M A.M 05-06-15 °A BUILDING LAYOUT O AS SHOWN NTA A.02 SHEET 2 OF 4 STRUCTURAL NOTES 1.S4GE5: ALL WOM W ANO COMER APPLLCAAE IOGt .1R ACEFSIWEELBBExTSISnALL CONFpN1 TO MFAW ANOI �ML AND �Ax¢FIroR EnmNG S RUCNRE AxD WI DMG �DET AT n c EDLD L W= WTTN M :=BENTS OF THE WILDING -UT AND WIM =ro 066GN A1N! mue0 er IN. exGINEe0. wenD TO MF WIDING DEPARInENT oow �roriN�E:L, cooao�x��uTnnRea�Renerxis or Tsmuc�w CO WMMROR EnEMt AS aegllaFD AxO PROVIDE gIELS US TO R ETD E GINgER� �O[F TIxG ME 0. P00. AMMNATE ACIN)x. 6-I I CODE TO EE NUYEO W _E IN A®IDAIICE wIM CHAPLET 5 AND fOrtnnVRK <NAna e. ALL avxigtCeO COxCRETE TO HAN OAT WEIOIf MD STEEL R ME WAn FM nEM MTOI ro A xMUN nELn sTRENOM. N • EONSI. iNEDa1UEDNNUES EEn11E131=1nPOST BODOPN CONPRESS'i miKWETE mVEa aEQUIRNn wS uow:sPEClnd S ws �. YANG AxD mwNNNs. A11 eAa AND 1- PsnR"0.u.s° s:IMfO�Ls _ inls S. DENE oNFwwOD T�iu S ON *7 1e 63F IS SSi1 e ]E-In SSin 6. SURFA[ei ALL LODSE AnD DeAnIHATFO CONONFTE BV NEOMNIUL nFwxS �SAxDWST OL WNEE WIPE BWSNx �EOINFORCNxG STEELN aENmvE NUN 3/A' -ND MIMLa[♦xG. AN AxTINaWRpN—BONING AGENT ON buts—CONQETE $BEET EINEnAE_OUNTNG ,EBREECONTN ­ RE5. IIILTIT=C G,.AONGM0w MIND PMR�NUXEDONE. iDNTACT ME EN UNEER FOR REVIEW AND -uis ]ni uiA1R AUA Ts AOEaLrrELr snwED. aOP LACK SO soux0 xG• —1 [OR0.05Iox TO EvoSE AT LEAsr x:NN.R os uEwx ueAL L�efAwnoxS NUST SE RElATrv6r SQU_ TO AVO1U FEAMIuxD N!w -STa.OGTNLM AND OEAJ1 CORROO® OR DAMAGED REUNNU—NG STEEL CLFAMn6 TvilL B " SN D04SM1G OR WNlK WIRE ePusN. cLDSEtr WSTE4 TO vfDFr MAT NO NOR! MAN jaa� OF ME TNE iO To ei aEPuaO n woo io a�RDv�cwEM TO TED er IaL N61M1K�ulD BTro 11[PAm ARE Em FXwC! PtA[ES eEcaEPUDIRW wl DEDGNT wnx mMaslox eRi —N SNWLL BE SUEN FD TD jx ��K PnOR r0 COnnMCEnET OF ANr COxONETE wOaN. PouR LF �iwx fOxIY�O ro ��Rn MREE rnExDEa TEST PEa ANr xO, ORUW AILD D®OSMxG OE WIE[RCR 51NAIE [bBrtr WRN N �wCNut a YCO� AND DFEOSOING OF CONCPEn s CO 11 +ALL Pa�D'u�is USED INQMIS RETTORAnoN sxAu eE USED Ix ST_ EPANIxONb . SRN POR EOWNExi DFAHOrnER PRooucTIS US D oemNPPKnAPPgovAtnENwIEEu NxSr E�.TAMN. �WearwaE�ca OnaNB UNomwrECH wrEUALs vu �TALLEn ODNDT PRDCEEn 1MTx usrAUATnx wnuNeATMFAcroar TloreARecaaeDTED. EnE aFTEmxSmuernNvRoiEni�wErinE nmoNawE moaER —TO 6nan wo Nwnr«s ar w+xNALa WIFAEE PINEIwNIAl1DNi CppLrVAM LIANIIFACl11RER'e PPNrtED NriBrwcnoxsAND nE FOLLON e 4AFOUE too! DETFggWEp EUTFRIML AND OELDe FROM OMCK BOND RLFSIM wTEpiEe w11oKE 6lDE W. oUBT.Ax�o Dw WRFAcES—eE— D M `*" COLscr HNMMA"ACTORERSPRUTEOINeTRUO 0NUE AND ANUMACETEN Ne RFSMEA5DEa EEF f.6DE EeWWCIN10R0NO.WDWILLREMNNABb.ENDEGREESFVS B IFORMNOUNSLbEWTP1YAFTEa APPOC.ETDM 4. APPLYu1gAGRTRD(' SMLWiGUN�WMNO PRECMwTDR O FATTNE CRADRFLLEa AOANfl1E GOSlDE­NDi U{E FOROCPACNL WOER iR.W tNMdR P EUL DO NNOTUtNLLV DIAMEWTCIENC JIXM 6EMANi. E. — �DRFNwEE­__TER SErORELuiENUEwNE.s NFCRAxDxLEeTHODS THAT —Nor GANAGe LU06T.NE' aewuREPAn leraucrwwy cur ion opal m vEnsY EUT6W cE of coRROSan CONORTE REETOMTDN NEOROUPES 4 NEMIIM TO WtOEfJN.FCKB E[RWTEO VROAN REMROF CONCJLEfE W N zf E%LERKM� INTERKIR z 2 V G1A55 EKTFAK)R=�- INTERIOR O m FRAME MT. SLL Fy � m N ry r— MLL z R- EKIST. WINDOW n OO a E TO BE RFJ60VED (SPALLEDCONCRETE) I gpCK . OF NEE S = w TRWE E%PNISION FOAM REMOVE ROCK SEALER: APPLED FROM ME FACEIFNEEDED FXTERIdi TO6U10=ROOM FOR NEW CONC. (REMOVE EKCESSI —CONCRETE v WRNDOWSLL y EAIST. CMU / NEW R— :{ BLOCK TO REMAIN I�IeS COIR FRLEACELL Dl ^. OR COVER WITH LL ASHTRAY �YJ INITIAL CONDITION FINAL CONDITION 3 z} a� ff GENERAL PROCEDURES -REMOVE EXISTING SPALLED CONCRETE AT W. SILL (CONTRACTOR TO AVOID INTRUSION INTO EXISTING RESIDENCE) -REPAIR CONCRETE AND MASONRY SUBSTRATE -APPLY FLEXIBLE CEMENTTIOUS WATERPROOFING (FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER'S SPECS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION, APPLICATION AND CURING) -APPLY BONDING AGENT] STUCCO COVER.I PRIME & PAINT (MIN TWO COATS) of TYP. WINDOW SILL REPAIR SCALE:NTS Q 0 s O Z s O� U) U w w U) OC LU D cc of F O 0 e LU N 2 lA g W ).S S.O1 SHEET 3 OF 4 MMNG SOUND CDNCRETE LOOSE CONCRETE SOFFIT SPALL .• . ' LOOSE CONOEETE EXISTINGSW DCONCRETE SLAB OR DECK SPALL SLAB REPAIR DETAIL 01 TYP. x.TA S.OI O� racnert � ��9 auro xw a m.. re. �� O 3EL119tl SECTION ELEVATION COLUMN DETAIL 02 L TYR. VTI SDI BEAM REPAIR a 02 ELEVATION S.DI (1)"C'e-O.C. ELABED INTO CONC. SI RB �- (DRILL&EPDX,,T ..) NEW 5,000 PSI CONCRETE REPLACE EXISTINO SOUND DRIP EDGE CONCRETE BLEND STUCCO TO MATCH ERJSnNG CONC. SLAB EDGE SECTION TYP. EDGE DETAIL 03 TYP. 1-1 SD2 w0Wmg9.,�m�w, lDUtgxi r."YN��g11u x� S� �n(—AAD � 'rtAL .&riw�: waaasm.r'H.rtenL.n<o.9a�ars NrurmE n°�`wFRPR ®p1�0R�99E`"f0'Oi49m 0 RE _ XHwi.:axwA.sw a�nw¢�oa�e v% x rReva E�.Ae v. nf.R..a 1E,�um.cm Nees A WILL wn,H �gIT.R. xl«H L.� n wf`�`urw u.as..aoawrf. N cLL .um..aEr�cw > xrc ¢OF a"oe r RALL uoErtu+caeaw ro rYwrtro rn�G RN[Vm�1¢smBNO NM,NPoVFO—i�Ftt �eY EXPOSING & UNDERCUTING REINFORCING STEEL ( l M MIP ofNaml>rtcan Awla�q srFu aXsrnFfuw.q I. Roul[rnmE wuN9sm E RA'ESplrtHwOK9 AR(CR9 LL HW l RAR L N „p,rw9.MeT¢r �rDVP. D.O. snn A<i rN rtwRr �1&E MOiEs: A¢xLAn 9xgf"� HALFiwLLRrtNovID fRNI Me,v,i rcus9Au�. w: arrxa.T E .o x,x�EAcriwvs ucaEw,Tu i�"rm'�'rseirF TYPICAL REPAIR OF REINFORCING STEEL DUE TO LOSS OF SECTION T Ml T. �MNr,naE ra RA[,MR xrpR9. Os zrt¢rrn. RA--T. mwrai� no ¢FE.RIFn Launxs ro"rtws�e.LnieL�E iX1p°aast MwiL�uo evF�NX:o� EEL.—T. rHORM wR=simwirER —IRM owmD: P�wE M E._E. PROPERRED R , usAwfe¢EbprMNl Art mnvlFTE rtnwF eaD PRrtNm HATEMAIz r, mx¢aR v,Las¢v eaDFR A4rAFWTFs1 OR THAT �Atx9vm FRa TrF ENP,RmEPN,¢S efw¢HlUmasS�Eas vFRff TYPICAL EDGE BE SURFACE CONDITIONING BEAN L SLAY SECLDN KAN L SlA& ELEVALM 17 6f Eaunx sEETgN !^�R COLUMN ELEVATION PAR— DEPTH Of SLAB DR MALL .11 TYPICAL REMOVAL GEOMETRY rcl: U3III 2 JC g W ).S S.02 SHEET 4 OF 4 Inspection 13192 SW 130th Terrace, #102 Miami, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Email: engi3cpb ells outh. net Engineers, Inc. LE. PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE RESTORATION THE SHORES CONDOMINIUM 1700 NE 105" Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Prepared by: INSPECTION ENGINEERS INC. 13192 SW 130 TERRACE, SUITE 102 MIAMI. FL 33186 September 30, 2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1: BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Section I: Invitation to Bid...............................................................3 Section II: Instructions to Bidders.......................................................4 Section III: Bid Form......................................................................5 DIVISION 2: PROJECT MANUAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 1: Summary of Work............................................................8 Section 2: Common Work Including Demolition......................................10 Section 3: Joint Protection and Sealants.................................................12 Section 4: Concrete Repair Specifications.............................................21 Section 5: Stucco Specifications.........................................................31 Section 6: Painting Specifications.......................................................33 2 Division I: Bidding and Contract Requirements Section I: Invitation to Bid INVITATION TO BID Owner: The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105t" Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Engineer: Inspection Engineers, Inc. 13192 SW 130t' Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, Florida 33186 Attn: Douglas H. Mercado General Contractor: Your firm is invited to submit an offer under seal to the On -site Manager located at the above address delivered to the Condominium office, before 5:00 PM local time on November 23, 2016 for the following project. Description: Concrete Restoration Bid documents for a Stipulated Sum/Unit Price contract may be obtained from the office of the Engineer free of charge for one set. Documents can only be obtained by the General Contractor. Refer to other bidding requirements described in Instruction to Bidders, attached. Submit your offer on the Bid Form provided. Bidders are required to complete Bid Form. Bidders may supplement this form as appropriate. Your offer will be required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 90 days after submission. The owner reserves the right to accept or reject all offers. The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105t' Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Attn: Board of Directors Ph: (305) 893-6741 theshorescondogatt.net 3 Section II: Instructions to Bidders INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - AIA 1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS These Instructions To Bidders amend or supplement the Instructions To Bidders (AIA Document A701, 1997 Edition) and other provisions of the Bidding and Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Repair Specifications prepared by Inspection Engineers B. Invitation to Bid C. Bid Form — Unit Prices D. Supplements to Bid Form E. Supplementary Conditions — AIA 1. Insurance requirements. 2. Bond types and values. 2.1 SITE EXAMINATION A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. B. The bidder is required to contact the Owner's Representative at the following phone number in order to arrange a date and time to visit the project site: Attn: Board of Directors Ph: (305) 893-6741 theshorescondo@att.net 2.2 PREBID CONFERENCE A. A bidders' conference has been scheduled for 1 PM on the 9th day of November, 2016 at the site. B. All general contract Bidders are invited. C. Representatives of the Owner and Engineer will be in attendance. 4 Section III: Bid Form BID FORM — UNIT PRICES To: The Shores Condominium Apartments 1700 NE 105`h Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 Project: Concrete Restoration Date: Submitted by: (full name) Address: 1. OFFER Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instructions to Bidders and the Contract Documents prepared by the Engineer for the above referenced project, we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work for the Unit Prices listed in this bid from in lawful money of the United Sates of America. All applicable federal taxes are included and State of Florida, Dade/Broward County and are included in the Unit Prices. 2. ACCEPTANCE This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for ninety days from the bid closing date. If this bid is accepted by the Owner within the time period stated above, we will: Execute the Agreement within seven days of receipt of acceptance of this bid. Furnish the required bonds within fourteen days of receipt of acceptance of this bid on the form described in Supplementary Conditions. Commence work within two weeks after written acceptance of this bid. 3. CONTRACT TIME Complete the Work in calendar weeks from commencement of Work. 5 4. UNIT PRICES AND ESTIMATED QUANTITIES Please provide Unit Prices and total prices for each task including labor and materials. Item Quantities Unit Cost (US Dollars) Total Cost US dollars Edge S all LF 672 Deck S all Regular SF 144 Deck S all Full Depth SF 72 Deck Cracks Structural LF 240 Soffit S all SF 312 Soffit Crack LF 504 Beam S all (CF) 12 Windowsill S all LF 2,160 Header S all LF 600 Loose Stucco SF 1,176 Brown Eyes Each 336 Wall Crack LF 432 Column S all CF 124 Painting and Waterproofing (SF)(+ 86,000 Mobilization LS 1 - Permits (LS) 1 - Total H Painting and waterproofing must include removal and replacing of all existing exterior caulk around windows and doors. 5. APPENDICES The following information is included with the Bid submission: 1. Copy of General Contractor license. 2. Letter from concrete repair and waterproofing/paint manufacturer(s) indicating approved applicator status. 3. Sample warranties. 4. Certificates of insurance. 5. List of five projects in which concrete repair and waterproofing work similar to that specified herein was successfully completed. Included are: project name and location, owner of project, contact person and phone number, brief description of work and value, date of completion, and Engineer involved. 6. Technical data sheets for products intended for use if different from that specified. 6 6. BID FORM SIGNATURE (S) The Corporate Seal of (Bidder — print full name of firm) was hereunto affixed in the presence of: (Authorized signing officer) (Seal) (Authorized signing officer) (title) (title) 7 Division II: Proiect Manual Specifications SECTION 1: SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION Please refer to the enclosed repair specifications. 1.02 CONTRACT BONDS A. The Contractor might be required to furnish and pay for a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the full amount of the Contract as indicated within the Contractor's proposal. B. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to furnish said bonds (in such form and amount as the Owner may prescribe) at time of executing the Contract. Cost of the bond premiums shall be reimbursed separately by the Owner to the Contractor. Please provide a breakdown of the fees for the bond. C. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner at the time of executing the Contract, or if the work is commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, Contractor shall, before commencement of the work, submit satisfactory evidence that the bonds will be issued within the time acceptable to the Owner. D. The bonds shall be issued by a Surety Company satisfactory to the Owner and duly authorized to operate within the State, and the Contractor shall require the attorney in fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety, to affix thereto certified and current copies of the permit to operate and of power of attorney, indicating the monetary limit of such power. E. The Owner, at his option, reserves the right to place the Bonds at his own expense, with companies through agents of his own choosing. 1.03 OWNER PARAMETERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During construction, the Contractor may assume the following requirements/restrictions: All work shall be performed from Monday to Friday (non -holiday days) between 8:30 am to 5:30pm. 8 2. Installer will be provided areas for employees parking, staging and deliveries. 3. Removal and installation of all structural systems must be performed in a safe manner and coordinated with management. 4. Contractor shall provide barriers for security and to protect each unit from the weather elements during construction when not working. 5. Daily work shall be limited to the amount of work that can be removed and closed up during that time period. 6. Contractor shall maintain a staff representative to remain on site during working hours to handle emergency conditions causing hardship to residents. 7. Contractor shall provide safeguards during construction to provide safety and protection of adjacent public and private properties in strict compliance with chapter 13 of Existing Building, FBC 04 1.04 SCHEDULING A. The contractor shall provide a detail schedule for all work on a floor to floor unit to unit and elevation (north, south, and east) basis. Schedule shall detail dates for removal and installation of each glass panel. 1.05 CONTRACTS A. Standard AIA Document. B. Other Supplementary AIA Documents. END OF SECTION 9 SECTION 2: COMMON WORK INCLUDING DEMOLITION 16KX4 If D 7M-J 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, necessary equipment and services to complete the restoration work as specified herein. B. Demolish, remove, and/or relocate all parts of existing work as specified or directed and as required by the conditions of the job, plans, and specifications, including but not limited to the following: 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall visit site to determine actual scope of restoration requirements. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 Work shall be executed in an orderly and careful manner, with due consideration for the owner, who must continue to occupy the building throughout the period covered by the work. 2.02 All work performed under this Section shall fully comply with the requirements and regulations set forth by all governing authorities. 2.03 When demolishing work against adjoining spaces, leave adequate support at each stage and arrange for inspection by the Owner. Proceed with subsequent demolition as instructed. Do not disturb adjoining spaces. 2.04 Remove all demolition materials, debris, and rubbish from the site as soon as practicable. Do not permit any accumulation on the site. 2.05 After completion of the demolition work, leave area neat and orderly. 2.06 Protect the work scheduled to remain and, if damaged, repair to match existing work. 2.07 Protect parts of the existing work scheduled to remain, such as existing partitions, cabinets, tile etc. Cut away carefully, the parts to be demolished to reduce the amount of necessary repairs. 2.08 Prevent accumulation of debris and overloading of any parts of the structure. 2.09 Prevent access of unauthorized persons to partly demolished structures and work. 10 2.10 The Contractor shall be responsible for the legal disposal of excess and demolition materials in area or areas, away from the side of the work, without incurring any liability against the Owner. 2.11 The Contractor shall exercise extreme care in the removal and handling of the materials indicated or specified to be reused. Reusable material that is damaged by improper care or negligence of Contractor's employees shall be replaced by the Contractor with new equal material at no extra cost to the Owner. 2.12 Contractor shall cut and patch all items and finish to accommodate installation of new materials. 2.13 Repair all adjacent existing finishes or paint structures damaged in the process of demolition. Substrates from which existing finishes have been removed, which are to receive new finishes, shall be scraped clear of all traces of mortar, adhesives, etc. 2.14 � Contractor shall provide safety and protection of adjacent public and private properties in strict compliance with chapter 13 of Existing Building, FBC 04 END OF SECTION 11 SECTION 3: JOINT PROTECTION AND SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants B. Primer C. Sealant backing D. Bond breaker 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work caulking and sealing of joints as required to seal the perimeters of openings in walls, penetrations in walls, expansion and control joints and as required to weatherproof the building envelope. Provide all items, articles, materials, operations, or methods listed, mentioned, or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein, including labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for the completion of Joint Sealant work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Sealant and caulking terms specified herein comply with the definitions of ASTM C717 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: Include manufacturer's surface preparation and installation application instructions. B. Submit samples of sealant colors. C. SAMPLES: One cartridge of each type and color of sealant to be used; samples of backing material. D. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a certificate stating that the compound has met the requirements specified or detailed within the construction documents. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Installing Applicator shall have been in the sealant and caulking business for over five (5) years. B. MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY 12 1. Manufacturer's representative shall provide an inspection of the work just prior to the start of the work, in order to insure that any physical conditions which would result in defective work are properly corrected before materials are applied. The manufacturer will insure that properly instructed personnel are available to do the work and that proper procedures are being followed. Such inspection shall be reported in writing to the owner for correction prior to the proceeding with the work. 2. The Applicator shall notify the manufacturer at least 72 hours prior to the time inspection is required. 3. Failure or refusal of the manufacturer to provide the inspection and supervision as required by this article shall constitute grounds for non - acceptability of materials manufactured by him even though such manufacturers have been specified and/or approved. 1.06 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C717 Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants 2. ASTM C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3. ASTM C962 Standard Guide for Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealants B. Federal Specifications (FS) 1. TT-S-227 Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Multi -component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) 2. TT-S-230 Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single component (for caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) 3. TT-S-1543 Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base ( for caulking, sealing and glazing in Buildings) 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Application/installation of sealant and caulking materials shall be by a licensed applicator skilled and experienced in the application/ installation of sealants and caulking compounds B. Compatibility Tests: Primers and sealants shall be tested by the manufacturer for compatibility and adherence with materials to which application is indicated. Submit test reports certifying compatibility at least 30 days before application C. Approved in accordance with Miami Dade County Test Protocols 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with the installation of sealants and caulking compounds during inclement weather unless the installation complies with the manufacturer's instructions B. Schedule installation and cure of elastomeric sealants during period of relatively low temperatures (but well within manufacturer's recommended range) so that subsequent tensile stresses upon cured sealants will be 13 minimized. 1.09 COOPERATION A. Work of this section shall be provided and coordinated as required through procedures of construction that will insure safety and security. 1.10 GUARANTEE A. Furnish written guarantee for all Sealant and Caulking work stating that said work shall be free from any defects of material and/or workmanship for a period of five (5) years, commencing on the date of final completion and acceptance. B. Guarantee shall be jointly signed by Manufacturer, and Applicator. C. Said guarantee shall further state that sealants and caulking are guaranteed against the following: 1. Adhesive or cohesive failure of sealants and caulking in joints where movement does not exceed capability of sealant or caulking. 2. Any crazing greater than 3 mils in depth developing on the surface of the sealant material. 3. Any staining of the surfaces adjacent to the joints, by the sealants, primers, or joint filler materials, by migration through the building materials in contact with them. 4. Any visible chalking or color change on the cured surface of the sealant. 5. Leakage or inflexibility of materials. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS A. Sealant Type 1: 1. Polysulfide base, one -part, chemical curing. 2. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 16 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 25; maximum 35. 4. Conforming to requirements of TT-S-230, Type 11, Class A. 5. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 6. Color: Selected by Engineer. 14 B. Sealant Type 2: C. Sealant Type 3: D. Sealant Type 4: 7. Polysulfide base, two-part, chemical curing. 8. Non -sagging type for application in vertical joints. 9. Uniform, homogenous and free from lumps, skins and coarse particles when mixed. 10. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 16 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 11. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 15, maximum 50. 12. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-227, Type 11, Class A. 13. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 14. Color: Selected by the Engineer. 15. Polyurethane base, one -part, chemical curing. 16. Non -sagging type for application in vertical joints. 17. Capable of being immersed in water, withstand movement up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 18. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 15, maximum 50. 19. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-230, Type 11, Class A. 20. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 21. Color: Selected by Engineer. 22. Polyurethane base, two-part, chemical curing. 23. Self -leveling type for application in horizontal joints. 24. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement of up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 25. Uniform, homogenous, and free from lumps, skins, and coarse particles when mixed. 15 E. Sealant Type 5: F. Sealant Type 6: G. Sealant Type 7: 26. Shore a hardiness: Minimum 30; maximum 35. 27. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-227, Type 1, Class A. 28. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 29. Color: Selected by Engineer. 30. Acrylic base, one -part, solvent curing. 31. Capable of being continuously immersed in water, withstand movement up to 7 1/2 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 32. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 55. 33. Non -staining and non -bleeding. 34. Conforming to requirements of ASTM C834. 35. Color: Selected by Engineer. 36. Silicone base, one -part, solvent curing. 37. Withstand movement up to 25 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 38. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 50. 39. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-1543, Type 11, Class A., non -staining. 40. Color: Selected by Engineer. 41. Silicone base, two-part. 42. Withstand movement up to 50 percent of joint width and satisfactorily applied throughout a temperature range of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 43. Shore a hardiness: Maximum 21. 44. Conforming to requirements of: (a) ASTM C920 (b) FS TT-S-00227E, Type 11, Class A. 16 H. Sealant Type 8: 45. Non -staining. 46. Color: Selected by Engineer. 47. Silicone base, one -part moisture cure 48. Shore A hardness: 15 49. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-00230C, Type II Class A 50. Conforming to requirements of FS TT-S-001543A I. Back-up Materials: 51. As recommended by caulking or sealant manufacturer and compatible with each material. 52. Preformed material sized to require 25 percent to 50 percent compression upon insertion in joint. 53. Do not use materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or similar materials. J. Bond Breakers: Where joints are not of sufficient depth to receive back-up material install polyethylene bond -breaking tape at back of joint. K. Primer: 54. As recommended by manufacturers of caulking or sealant used. 55. Type that will seal the surfaces and prevent absorption of the vehicle essential to the retention of elasticity by the caulking or sealant compound. L. Accessories: Provide solvent, cleaning agents and other necessary materials as recommended by the caulking or sealant manufacturer essential for a complete installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrate surfaces and joints to be sealed and conditions under which work is to be performed and correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 17 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify joint dimensions, physical, and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this Section. B. Joints and spaces to be sealed or caulked shall be cleaned of dir, dust, mortar, oil and other deleterious substances that may impair bond or adversely affect the sealing or caulking work. Surfaces shall be dry before application of sealants or caulking compounds. C. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. D. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. E. Remove loose materials and foreign matter, which might impair adhesion of sealant. F. Clean and prime joint under provisions of manufacturer's instructions. G. Perform preparation under provisions of manufacturer's instructions. H. Protect elements surrounding work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work under provisions of ASTM C1193 for solvent release and ASTM C 1193 for latex base sealants. B. Install sealant under provisions of manufacturer's instruction. C. Concrete, masonry, stucco and other surfaces, if recommended by the sealant manufacturer, shall be primed before applying sealant. Primer shall be applied with a brush that will reach all parts of joints to be filled with sealant. C. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. D. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 of the joint width. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridged and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended temperature range. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Apply generally with caulking gun of proper nozzle size to fit joints. H. Apply with sufficient pressure to fill joint from backing to surface. I. For joints in flat surfaces, neatly tool compound slightly concave with proper tools. J. Execute finishing of caulking around frames with coving tool. K. As work progresses, immediately remove compound that may accidentally flow onto adjoining surfaces using manufacturer's recommended solvent and cleaners. Remove excess material from joints immediately. 18 L. At completion, carefully check all joints for damage and repair -damaged joints. M. Clean adjoining surfaces. N. Protect sealants and caulking until cured. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Exterior: B. Interior: 1. Perimeters of exterior openings where frames meet exterior facade of building: 2. Expansion and control joints in exterior surfaces of poured -in -place concrete walls: 3. All exterior frames. 1. Seal interior perimeters of exterior openings: 2. Interior control and expansion joints in floor surfaces: 3. Perimeters of interior frames: 4. Exposed interior control joints in drywall: 5. Control joints in drywall, perimeter, and between metal framing and substrate in sound rated partitions: 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform inspections necessary to assure proper preparation of locations and joints to receive sealants and caulking and to assure compliance with manufacturer's instructions for mixing, installation, curing and protection. B. After curing of exterior joints exposed to weather, test for leaks by applying a stream of water perpendicular to the surface from a '/2 inch or 5/8 inch hose at normal city water pressure. Test at least ten percent of the exposed joint system. C. Repair leaks if any and retest as directed. 3.06 CLEANING A. Confine compounds to joint areas indicated by use of masking tapes or other precautions to prevent spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Remove excess compound or sealant promptly as work progresses and clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage. 19 3.07 CHANGE ORDERS A. Any relation or deviation from the specifications involving extra costs will be executed only upon written orders and will become extra charges over the above control 3.08 TIME PERFORMANCE A. Work is to be completed within a reasonable time from commencement to completion of job (weather permitting) as indicated in contract 3.09 INSURANCE A. All workers are to be fully covered by workers compensation insurance B. All vehicles and/or equipment are to be fully insured by the contractor END OF SECTION 20 SECTION 4: CONCRETE REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnishing of materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to repair, restore and waterproof deteriorated concrete of all balconies, soffits and exterior wall surfaces of all Structures. (See scope of work for details). B. Install shoring as directed or as needed to perform the Work. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various sections of the specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate dumpster location, staging and storage requirements with the Owner. 1.03 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics and in the correct location. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Referenced Codes and Standards: ICRI guidelines for Concrete Restoration shall be followed along with Florida Building Code 2010 edition. Use the latest standard in all cases. 1. ACI 201.1 R Guide for making a condition survey of concrete in service. 2. ACI 228.1 R In -Place methods to estimate concrete strength 3. ACI 301 "Standard Specification for Structural Concrete" 4. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforce Concrete." 5. ACI 347 "Guide to Formwork for Concrete Framework" 21 6. ACI 304R "Guide for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete" 7. ACI 503.4 Standard specification for repairing concrete with epoxy mortars. 8. ACI 506.2 Specification of concrete 7. ACI 546R- "Concrete Repair Guide." 8. ASTM C33 "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" 9. ASTM C94 "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete." 10. ASTM C150 "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" 11. ASTM C260 "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete" 12. ASTM C309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" 13. ASTM C469 "Standard Test Method for Static Modulus of Elasticity and Poisson's Ratio of Concrete in Compression" 14. ASTM C494 "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" 15. ASTM A 615 "Standard Specification for Grade 60 Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete" 16. ASTM C881 "Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Band Bonding Systems for Concrete" 17. ASTM C 1042 "Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Latex Systems Used With Concrete. 18. "Guide for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel Corrosion" (Article No. 310.111-2008, formerly Guideline No. 03730) International Concrete Repair Institute, Technical Guidelines. 19. "Guide for Selecting Application Methods for Repair of Concrete Surfaces"( Article No. 320.1R-1996, formerly Guideline No. 03731) International Concrete Repair Institute. Technical Guidelines. 22 20. ICRI Guideline No. 03733- Guide for selecting & Specifying Materials for repair of Concrete Surfaces. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01330 B. Submit copy of recommended manufacturer's product installation instructions. C. Approval by Engineer is required before beginning Work affected by submittals. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualifications: Acceptable to the manufacturer with documented experience of at least 5 years on projects of similar nature. B. Comply with Manufacturers' instructions related to mixing and placing of the materials. C. Protection of Work: Protect installed work and prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or coated surfaces. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING A. Delivery products in original unopened containers with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification and batch number. B. Store and condition the specified products as recommended by the manufacturer. Products shall remain unopened until ready for use. C. Where mixing of components is required, use complete pre -measured units. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. BASF B. Sto Corporation C. Aquafin Corp 23 D. Sika Corp 2.02 PATCHING AND REPAIR MATERIALS Subject to compliance with other requirements in this specification, provide the following materials. A. Structural Repair Mortar: Provide single component shrinkage - compensated, cement based mortar for structural repair of distressed horizontal, vertical or overhead concrete. Form & Pour or Form and Pump. 1. Emaco 5-66 or LA40 by BASF 2. StoPatch Extended Mortar CR 211 X by Sto Corp. 3. Mortar- Screed by Aquafin 4. Sikacrete SCC by Sika Corp B. Surface Repair Mortar: Provide single component Polymer -modified cementitious non -sag repair mortar for resurfacing of horizontal, vertical or overhead concrete. Depending on application and required repair provide: 1. Gel -Patch by BASF 2. Sto Overhead Repair Mortar CR 702 by Sto Corp 3. Mortar V/O by Aquafin 4. Mortar VOH by Sika Corp C. Suface Repair Mortar for thin patches and re -skimming or leveling low areas: Polymer -Modified cementitious, flowable repair mortar. Provide 1. Emaco R-300 by BASF 2. Sto Skim Coat CR 216 by Sto Corp 3. Mortar 40 by Aquafin 4. SikaTop 122 Plus by Sika Corp D. Aggregate: Shall conform to ASTM C 33. Aggregate for incorporation with bagged mortar shall be 3/8", well graded non -reactive and cleaned. Added aggregate shall be within the manufacturer's recommended addition rates. E. Water: Clean and potable. 2.03 RELATED MATERIALS A. Epoxy Bonding Agent: Provide 100% solids, two component epoxy bonding compound for bonding new 24 concrete to existing surfaces. Epoxy bonding agent shall meet ASTM C 881, Type III, Grade B or C material. 1. Concresive Epoxy Series By Master Builders 2. Sikadur Series by Sika Corp B. Where necessary add Bonding Agent and Anti -Corrosion Reinforcing Bar Coating: Provide polymer -modified, cement based coating with micro silica to provide protection for steel reinforcing. Provide a minimum 24- hour open time. 1. Emaco P24 by BASF 2. Sto Bonding and Anti -Corrosion Agent CR 246 by Sto Corp. 3. Rebar Primer/Bond-CI by Aquafin 4. Armatec 110 by Sika Corp C. Evaporation Retarder: Provide a spray applied Monomolecular film that reduces the rate of surface moisture evaporation under hot, dry or windy conditions. 1. Confilm by Master Builders 2. Sikafilm by Sika Corp D. Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Shall conform to ASTM C 309-93, Type I at a minimum application rate of 200 square feet per gallon. 1. Kure 1315 by BASF E. Epoxy Injection Resin: Two -component moisture -insensitive 100% solids epoxy adhesive designed for injection grouting. 1. Concresive Liquid LVI by BASF 2. Sikadur Series by Sika Corp F. Surface Seal: The surface seal material for epoxy injection is that material used to confine the injection adhesive in the fissure during injection. This material shall have sufficient strength to resist injection pressures to prevent leakage during injection. 1. Concresive Paste Series by BASF 2. Sikadur 33 by Sika Corp G. Urethane Injection Resin: Polyurethane injection resin designed to sealing water leaks in concrete. Used in a port to port injection method. 25 1. Concresive 1230 by BASF 2. Inject Pro by Aquafin 3. Sikafix HH by Sika Corp 2.04 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing steel: Conforming to ASTM A 615-94, 60-ksi-yield grade billet -steel deformed bars. B. Stirrup Steel: Conforming to ASTM A 615, 40-ksi-yield grade billet - steel deformed bars. 2.05 ALTERNATE TRANSIT MIXES A. General: Alternate transit mixes may be considered for selective applications. However, bids shall be based on pre -mixed bagged repair materials. B. Contractor shall submit mix design and supporting back-up data for proposed transit mix. One of the three design methods referenced in ACI 318 must be used. C. Concrete mixes to be produced and delivered conforming to ASTM C 94. Materials and the mix must conform to the following requirements: 1. Water/cement ratio shall not exceed .40 by weight. 2. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II. 3. Admixtures: ASTM C 494. 4. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 5. Aggregates: ASTM C 33 6. Fibrous Reinforcement: Use polypropylene fibers at a rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard. 7. Water: Potable PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. All repair areas shall be prepared in accordance with International Concrete Repair Institute's "Guide for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel Corrosion" (Guideline No. 03730.) This includes but is not limited to the following. 1. Remove loose or deteriorated concrete above corroded reinforcing steel. Removals shall be performed with chipping hammers or 26 other Engineer's approved method. Chipping hammers shall not be in excess of 15 pound rating. 2. Once removals are made, proceed with undercutting of all exposed corroded bars. Undercutting will provide clearance for under the bar cleaning. Concrete shall be removed such that a _ inch clearance under the bar is achieved, or'/4 inch greater than the largest aggregate used in the repair. 3. Concrete removals shall extend along the bars to locations along the bar free of bond inhibiting corrosion. Removals shall extend two inches beyond the location of corrosion -free bars. 4. If non -corroded reinforcing bars are exposed during the undercutting, care will be taken not to damage the bond between the bar and the concrete. 5. Loose reinforcement shall be secured in place by tying to other secured bars or by approved method. 6. Engineer shall determine the necessity of replacing or supplementing reinforcing steel with reduced cross sectional areas caused by corrosion damage. 7. Repair configurations should be kept as simple as possible to minimize boundary edges. 8. At edge locations, provide right angle cuts to the concrete surface by saw -cutting 3/4 inch or less as required avoiding cutting reinforcing steel. 9. After removals and edge conditioning are complete, remove bond - inhibiting materials by abrasive blasting or high pressure water blasting. Check concrete surfaces after cleaning to insure that the surface is free from loose aggregates. 10. Presoak repair substrate to a saturated surface dry condition. B. Bar Coating and Bonding Options Following completion of repair preparation, apply anti -corrosion reinforcing bar coating to the exposed reinforcing steel. 2. Bond the repair material to the prepared area with one of the following methods. a. Apply the epoxy -bonding agent to the prepared concrete surface according to manufacturer's instructions. b. Apply a slurry bond coat of the repair material to the prepared area with a stiff bristle brush or broom. Do not allow the slurry to dry prior to installation of the repair material. Do not re -temper this bond coat. kxlY &1i:41 [M A. Mechanical mixing is recommended with the use of a slow speed drill with a jiffler-type paddle, or in an appropriate mortar mixer. Typical mixing time is 3-5 minutes. Do not add more water than is recommended by the manufacturer. Do not mix longer than 5 minutes. Mix so material is consistent throughout the mix. B. Only that portion of material that can be properly mixed within 10 minutes of application should be mixed. 3.03 APPLICATION. A. Apply fresh mortar to the bond coat. Place repair mortar according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Evaporation Retarder: Where rapid surface evaporation may occur, in hot, windy conditions, apply specified evaporation retarder according to manufacturer's recommendations. C. Finishing: Completed repair surfaces should be straight, true and match existing profiles. Do not overwork the surface. 3.04 CURING A. All repaired surfaces must be cured for a minimum of 5 days with one of the following methods. 1. Wet cure with burleen or wet carpet 2. Ponding 3. Sheeting material 4. Liquid membrane -forming curing compound. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protect cured areas from storage and traffic during curing period. 3.05 CRACK REPAIR A. Epoxy Injection 28 Preparation: Prepare the area and cracks to be injected in the following manner. a. Surfaces adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, oil, and grease or other foreign matter, which may be detrimental to bond of injection surface seal. b. Entry ports shall be provided along the crack at intervals of not less than the thickness of concrete at that location. C. Surface seal material shall be applied to the face of the crack between the entry ports. Allow surface seal material to gain strength prior to injection. 2. Equipment for Injection: Provide injection equipment that is portable, positive displacement type pump. The pump shall be electric or air powered and shall provide in -line metering and mixing. Equipment shall have the capability of maintaining the volume ratio for the epoxy adhesive within a tolerance of +/-5% by volume at any discharge pressure up to 160 psi. 3. Injection: Shall begin at the lowest entry port and continue until there is an appearance of epoxy adhesive at the next port adjacent to the entry port being pumped. The epoxy injection shall be transferred to the next adjacent port where the adhesive has appeared. Injection shall be performed until cracks are completely filled. 4. Finishing: When cracks are completely filled, epoxy adhesive shall be cured for sufficient time to allow removal of surface seal without any draining or run -back of epoxy adhesive material. Surface seal material and any adhesive runs shall be removed from concrete surfaces. The face of the crack shall be finished flush with concrete, showing no indentations or protrusions caused by placement of entry ports. 5. Filling Cored Holes: After the Work has been accepted by the Engineer, cored holes shall be repaired using a two component bonding agent and a suitable repair mortar. The bonding agent shall be applied to the surfaces of the cored holes, followed by application of repair mortar placed by hand trowel, thoroughly rodded and tamped in place, and finished to match color, finish, and texture of existing concrete B. Crack Sealing by Gravity 29 1. Repair Method: Notch cut cracks to 20 mils to 1.4-inch wider cracks with a mechanical router. Remove all loose debris and dust. Clean out cracks and voids by compressed air or as recommended by manufacturer. If appropriate, seal underside of the crack with a surface seal. Pour neat (no sand) low viscosity material in routed crack until it is completely filled. Allow to seep into the crack and refill. Finish material off flush with concrete so as not to show any indentations or protrusions. 3.06 WINDOWSILLS 1. Windowsills must be repaired by providing a 4 in thickness of wall cap concrete beam with 2 # 4 longitudinal bars and # 3 ties @ 12 in on center. Top of beam must have a 1/8in. to 1 ft. pitch outwards for proper drainage. 2. Bottom window frame must be securely attached to cap beam by means of fasteners such as the ones existent around the frame. 3. All repair area must also be properly cleaned caulked and sealed. 3.07 CLEANING A. General: Keep area clean during repair operation, remove and clean promptly, mortar, or epoxy spills with appropriate tools and solvents without damaging concrete. Collect and maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. Remove debris daily from site. B. Final Cleaning: Remove all mortar splatters, epoxy spills from the repair area and adjacent structures acceptable to the Engineer. PART 4 WARRANTIES 4.01 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer and Contractor shall jointly agree to warranty the repair work against failure due to materials or workmanship for the period of the warranty. Contractor shall provide a letter from the Manufacturer prior to commencement of the work indicating their willingness to provide such a warranty. Contractor shall provide sample warranty prior to commencement of work. B. The period of the warranty shall be five (5) years from the date of completion for concrete repairs and seven years on all painting and waterproofing. END OF SECTION 30 SECTION 5: STUCCO SPECIFICATIONS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Before stucco is applied, surfaces to be plastered shall be carefully examined by the Contractor. The Engineer shall be notified of unsatisfactory surface conditions. Application of stucco shall not proceed until any imperfections, irregularities and unsatisfactory conditions that may compromise the final condition shall be corrected and ready to receive work. 1.02 Proceeding with the application will constitute acceptance of the substrate by the Contractor. Any corrective effort required to correct the substrate after the application of the stucco will be at the Contractor's expense. 1.03 Masonry -verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on the masonry surface. 1.04 Concrete -verify surfaces are flat, honeycomb is filled flush and the surface is ready to receive work. Verify no bituminous, water repellent or form release agents are on the concrete surfaces that are detrimental to stucco. 1.05 Grounds and Blocking -verify items within walls for other sections of work have been installed. PART 2: PREPARATION 2.01 Limits of stucco and counter flashing removal shall be saw cut to permit installation of new counter flashing with a minimum 4" coverage over the top of the base flashing. Remove all stucco material and sheet material below saw cut. 2.02 Roughen and clean masonry and concrete surfaces to the degree required to achieve mechanical bond. Apply bonding agent where needed for adhesion. Surfaces to receive stucco shall be damp without visible surface water. PART 3: STUCCO WORK 3.01 Stucco shall be 2-coat application, thickness to match existing. 3.02 Use mechanical mixers of approved type. Mixers and tools must remain clean. Re -tempering will not be permitted. 3.03 Scratch coat shall be mixed by volume as follows: One part white portland cement, 3 parts sand, 10 percent lime. Scratch coat shall be applied with pressure and heavily cross scratched. 31 3.04 Finish coat shall be mixed by volume as follows: One part white portland cement, 3 parts sand, 10 percent lime. PART 4: MOISTURE RETENTION (CURING) 4.01 Dampen previous stucco coats which have dried out prior to time of applications of next coat. Dampen with water as needed for uniform adhesion. The contractor is responsible for determining the most effective procedure for curing and lapse time between applications of coats based on climate and jobsite conditions. Stucco which is cracked due to improper timing and curing will not be accepted. Remove and replace defective stucco, including base materials if damaged during removal of defective stucco. END OF SECTION 32 SECTION 6: PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS This specification has been written for the purpose of offering a seven (7) year non - prorated (material and labor) warranty on the painting of the exterior stucco of these buildings. A Benjamin Moore Representative or an authorized dealer representative will inspect the work in progress to help ensure proper preparation and application of all products. TERMS AND CONDITIONS A. EXTRAS & CHANGES 1. It is anticipated that the aforementioned work shall be inclusive and that there will not be extras or changes. The need for extra work and changes in the specifications will be the sole responsibility and determination of the Owner and will be submitted as a written work order to the Painting Contractor. No extra work will be done or changes made in the work as specified without a written work order from the Owner. B. LICENSE AND PERMITS 1. The Painting Contractor shall include with your proposal a copy of any valid Occupational and Professional Licenses necessary to operate in the State of Florida, the County and the City where the project is located. Further the Painting Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary permits as required by the State of Florida, the County and the City where the project is located. C. INSURANCE 1. The Painting Contractor will be required to furnish suitable insurance certificates covering liability and property damage, Worker's Compensation coverage and they shall be kept in force during the course of the work. The Painting Contractor shall hold the Owner(s) harmless from all liens or damages arising from or caused by the work. Please include documentation of all such coverage or show the ability to obtain such coverage. 33 D. SAFETY RELATED PRECAUTIONS I. It is the Painting Contractor's responsibility to read and follow all label and technical data directions and information and all safety requirements from the Manufacturer of the products being used. 2. The Painting Contractor will be responsible for roping off and erecting signs in areas where any painting is occurring. 3. The Painting Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of safety administration on the job and must be in compliance with all OSHA safety regulations. 34 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Painting Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the cleaning, preparation, sealing and painting of all specified surfaces. B. All work is to be done in a workmanlike manner by skilled workers and carried out in such a way as to minimize any inconvenience to the occupants and tenants. The Painting Contractor shall maintain a full work force from the start to the completion of work and shall leave a qualified foreman on the job at all times. The Painting Contractor will be responsible for making sure that all the Painting Contractor's employees be fully and properly clothed in identifiable uniforms while working on the premises or entering any part of the facilities. The skilled workers will be thoroughly trained and experienced in their necessary trade and will be completely familiar with the specification requirements and methods for proper performance of the work in this Specification. C. The Painting Contractor once having started the job will continuously and expeditiously proceed with its vigorous prosecution until completion. D. The Painting Contractor will not sub -contract any of their work. If the Painting Contractor proposes to sub -contract any work the Painting Contractor shall submit a complete list of any work proposed to sub -contract and proposed sub -contractors along with all licenses and proofs of insurance for each. The Owner(s) or an authorized representative prior to the execution of the Contract shall review the list. The Owner(s) reserves the right to reject any proposed subcontractor. E. The Painting Contractor must include a price per square foot for all repairs as needed to all undiscovered spalling stucco and all other stucco in need of repair other than visible restoration. Visible deterioration must be repaired. F. All materials shall be applied free from runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners and brush marks. G. All materials shall be applied uniformly. H. The Painting Contractor shall be responsible for and use utmost care in the protection of the occupants property including all balconies, screens, windows, walkways, shrubbery, parked vehicles and any other property in the area from paint and/or any other damage. I. The Painting Contractor shall be solely responsible for the rectification of any such damage, the cleanup involved from work outlined in this specification, and their employees during the performance of their labor. Payment to the Painting Contractor will be withheld until settlement is reported. 35 1.02 LIASON A. The Owner's Representative and the Painting Contractor shall transmit all information pertaining to the job and shall not permit unauthorized interference from residents of the Owner's Property or from the Painting Contractor's employees. 1.03 INSPECTION A. In order to avoid any dispute over existing damage it is suggested that before the commencement of any work that the Painting Contractor along with the Owner or the Owner's Representative together walk the project and make a list of all existing damage. This list should contain the names and/or numbers of any units showing signs of any kind of damage. Each party should keep a dated copy. In the event of a claim, the Owner and the Painting Contractor can use this list to resolve any disputed damage. B. The Painting Contractor shall schedule all required tests, approvals and inspections at appropriate times so as not to delay the progress of the work. The Painting Contractor shall bear all expenses associated with tests, inspections and approvals required which, unless otherwise agreed to, shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory or entity approved by the Contractor and Owner. Inspections conducted the Benjamin Moore & Company representative does not dismiss the Painting Contractor of responsibility for the prescribed preparation and application of specified products. C. The Painting Contractor is required to correct in a timely fashion any work reasonably rejected by the Benjamin Moore Representative or owner for failing to comply with the Specification Documents whether observed prior to the commencement of the warranty period or during the warranty period. Benjamin Moore & Company accepts no responsibility for any increase in cost due to the any unforeseen or undiscovered condition that may arise. 1.04 RELEASE OF LIEN AND WARRANTY CERTIFICATE A. The successful completion of the project, while meeting all the necessary requirements to satisfy the issuance of a warranty, must be approved by an Authorized Benjamin Moore Dealer Representative of the store selling all the materials for said project, a Representative of the Benjamin Moore & Company and the Owner or the Owner's Representative. B. All monies owed to all suppliers selling any materials for said project must be paid in full and the Painting Contractor must furnish a Final Release of Lien from all suppliers that have filed Notice to Owners against any and all properties covered in these Specifications. C. After above criteria has been met the Warranty will be issued and final payment to the Painting Contractor will be made. 36 1.05 BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY LIMITED WARRANTY A. The Painting Contractor shall be required to warranty the workmanship for period of time to correspond to the length of the material warranty as supplied by the Manufacturer. Please include a sample of "YOUR" warranty. B. The seven year exterior only limited warranty will apply only on the condition that the procedures stated and required in the Benjamin Moore & Company Limited Warranty are followed. The warranty extends only to the exterior masonry surfaces only not including floors and roofs. C. In order to control and properly document the required material usage, all materials must be purchased from a single Benjamin Moore Paints Authorized Dealer. This Dealer must be determined and agreed upon prior to the commencement of the work. D. The warranty states that any peeling, blistering, cracking or deterioration of the new paint film caused by a failure or defect in the structure or previous coatings is not covered. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bids are to be based solely on coatings manufactured by the Benjamin Moore & Company, except as otherwise noted or specified. B. Colors are to be those as approved by the Owner(s). A duplicate color chip schedule will be supplied to the Painting Contractor. C. All paint and coatings must be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original sealed containers. D. The Owner reserves the right to take a representative sample of any materials the Painting Contractor brings on the job and have it tested by an approved laboratory to verify the materials conform to the specification set forth herein. E. Due to different conditions of surfaces being painted the Painting Contractor must assume responsibility for coverage of paint. One coat coverage cannot be guaranteed due to different absorption rates of the surfaces painted. Test patches should be completed prior to beginning of work to assure satisfactory coverage of material. F. Color differences due to different batches are inherent in the paint industry. The Painting Contractor should try to order as much of any custom mixed color at one time ready made from the factory or the paint store in order to avoid "batch color differences". As this might not be feasible in all circumstances, if smaller batches do need to be taken for whatever reason, the Painting Contractor should retain an amount needed from a particular batch to touch up those areas painted in that batch of paint to help avoid "touch up" problems. G. If any reduction of the coating's viscosity is necessary, it shall be done in accordance with manufacturer's label directions. 37 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ACCESS A. The Owner agrees to and shall be responsible for the trimming and/or removal of all foliage clinging to or otherwise obstructing the building and permit adequate access to the areas to be painted. B. The Owner agrees to notify all occupants of the property to remove any personal items, patio furniture and vehicles as necessary to permit the Painting Contractor to proceed without delay. C. The Painting Contractor must give tenants a three to four day notice prior to commencement of work in their area in order to have all crafts or objects removed from any area that will hinder the progress of the work in any way. Parked vehicles are also to be moved from the area described. D. The Painting Contractor must be allowed easy access to all locked areas that have been included to be painted. 3.02 STAGING AREA A. The Painting Contractor is to submit their requirements for a staging area (shop and storage areas) and parking area for their employees and the Owner will make every effort to provide a suitable area. At the end of each working day, all equipment, ladders, paint, supplies, vehicles, etc. must be returned to the staging area and the working area must be left clean. Protection of this area is the sole responsibility of the Painting Contractor and shall be left in a clean, safe and acceptable manner. 3.03 REMOVAL A. Upon completion of an area, it shall be left in a clean and orderly condition and all paint splatters contaminated rags and trash shall be removed. B. The Paint contractor shall be responsible for the proper disposal of any hazardous waste generated during the course of work. Upon completion of the job, the Painting Contractor must remove all surplus materials, scaffolds etc., from the premises that relate to their trade. The Painting Contractor shall clean all window glass free of excess paint and splatters and remove paint that has been misplaced on any other surfaces. 3.04 PREPARATION OF THE SURFACES A. The Painting Contractor shall be wholly responsible for the quality of their work and is not to commence any part of it until all surfaces are in proper condition. B. All surfaces are to be clean of mildew, chalk, peeling paint and other residues. If, for any reason, the surface cannot be cleaned this condition must be 38 promptly reported to the Owner or the Painting Contractor will assume responsibility for the condition. C. If the Painting Contractor considers any surface unsuitable for proper finishing, they are to notify the Owners of this fact in writing. The Painting Contractor is not to apply material until corrective measures have been taken or the Owners have instructed them to proceed under the current conditions. D. Occasionally the Painting Contractor's cleaning technique develops or reveals an unforeseen condition that requires additional labor and materials. The Painting Contractor must either negotiate their contract or assume the responsibility for properly correcting the condition. E. The prime coat shall be applied soon after surface preparation has been completed, so as to prevent contamination of the substrate. 3.05 MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL A. If any mold or mildew is apparent the Painting Contractor must provide a sanitized surface free of mold and mildew spores prior to applying any coating to M surface. Should there be a question of chlorinating any surface the inspector's decision will be final. B. NOTE: USE RUBBER GLOVES, PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. Using a garden type of pressure pot and spray wand, saturate the surface with a diluted solution of chlorine or bleach consisting of one volume of bleach or chlorine to three times volumes of water. As some solutions of chlorine and bleach are already diluted tests should be done to verify that the above -recommended solution will be strong enough to remove any mold and mildew present. If not the solution should be increased or decreased as to properly remove all mold and mildew. C. The solution must then be washed off with clean water. A water pressure cleaner can be used. If washing off wood surfaces or roofs care must be taken not to damage the surface or create leaks especially on roofs and windows. D. Repeat as necessary where needed. Sometimes the staining caused by mold and mildew contamination cannot be removed even after multiple applications of the removal solution. These surfaces if needed can be coated with a stain killing type of primer sealer such as our Benjamin Moore's Fresh Start Acrylic Primer 023 series to prevent bleed through. This primer must be applied after the primers that are specified below for each type of surface. E. The possibility of plant damage must be considered. If the mold and mildew removing solution run-off cannot be controlled or directed from vegetation, then it must be diluted with enough fresh water to render it harmless or another method of mold and mildew removal must be utilized. 3.06 GRAFFITI AND ROOFING MATERIAL STAINING A. The Painting Contractor shall be required to prepare surfaces where graffiti or asphalt material is present providing for complete blockage of visible traces of the said material through the specified coatings. The Painting Contractor shall 39 remedy any physical damage to the substrate in the form of gouges or excessive build of the graffiti element to match adjacent surfaces. Should remedy fall outside the scope of this specification, the Painting Contractor will notify the Owner in writing or be responsible for these areas. B. The following methods for graffiti removal/blocking are suggested dependent on the extent of damage. 1. Clean away all traces of mildew if present to eliminate deep contamination of the substrate. 2. Scrub surfaces with a suitable solvent or detergent to remove graffiti element. 3. Pressure clean, hot water pressure clean or abrasive blast stubborn stains on masonry to eliminate traces. Sand wood surfaces that have been gouged or carved to provide a smooth transition from the damaged areas to adjacent surfaces. 4. Use a blocking primer such as Benjamin Moore's Fresh Start 100% Acrylic All -Purpose Stain Blocking Primer 023 to prevent migration of color through to the specified finish coats. 3.07 DELAMINATING COATINGS A. Surfaces to be painted shall be made free of loose and delaminating coatings by the Paint Contractor. Delaminating that occurs as a result of insufficient preparation will be the sole responsibility of the Painting Contractor. B. Masonry Surfaces 1. Power Tool Clean using sufficient power at angles that will remove loose coatings without damage to the surface. 2. Test all edges of remaining coatings by Hand Tool Cleaning using a thin bladed sharp steel scraper. C. Smooth surfaces D. Doors, windows, and handrails shall be Hand or Power Tool Cleaned to remove loose coatings without damage to the surface. E. Prime surface with the specified materials F. Taper edges of remaining coatings to a smooth transition between levels using the specified patching materials. G. Prime patching material with the specified material. H. Surfaces that cannot be properly prepared without damage to the surface shall be brought to the attention of the Owner or their agent immediately upon discovery. These surfaces will be noted and withheld from the warrantee areas. 3.08 EXTERIOR SUBSTRATE PREPARATION APPROXIAMATELY 90% OF ALL PAINT FAILURES CAN BE DIRECTLY ATTRIBUTED TO IMPROPER SURFACE PREPARATION. STRICTLY FOLLOWING ALL SURFACE PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS ON ALL 40 SURFACES IS ESSENTIAL TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM BENEFITS OF THE COATINGS TO BE USED. ALTHOUGH INSPECTIONS ARE CONDUCTED ON A REGULAR BASIS, IT IS THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR'S ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THAT ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED ARE PROPERLY AND COMPLETELY PREPARED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF ANY AND ALL COATINGS. A. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED MASONRY AND STUCCO SURFACES 1. Preparation A. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. B. Any areas exhibiting efflorescence deposits shall be treated with a 25% solution of Muriatic Acid to water, scrubbed and then thoroughly rinsed with clear water to neutralize any acidity. A pH test should then be conducted to verify if any further actions should be taken. 2. Cleaning a. Pressure clean all stucco and masonry surfaces with pressure washing equipment of at least 3000 P.S.I. or greater being sufficient enough to remove as much existing deteriorating coating as possible. It is recommended to use a rotating nozzle on the pressure cleaner to facilitate removal of the existing deteriorating coating and to help identify any areas that are not presently deteriorating. All masonry surfaces must be free of dirt, grease, oil and chalk. All surfaces are to dry thoroughly. If necessary, repeat procedure. Surfaces are to be tested with phenothelien (chemically) to make sure stucco has cured before any coating is applied. b. Areas exhibiting rust leaching from reinforcing steel are to be chipped to the reinforcing rods and primed with Benjamin Moore's Industrial Coatings Alkyd Metal Primer M06 series. c. Rust stains must be thoroughly removed. After wetting the surface with water, apply a solution of 2% oxalic acid or appropriate oxalic acid compound in water. It is important to observe the precautions listed on the container or these compounds for safe handling and storage. Wash with sponge and scrub brush until stain is removed, then rinse with clean water. Where rust staining was evident spot prime areas with one coat of Benjamin Moore's Industrial Coatings Acrylic Metal Primer M04 series. Apply two coats if necessary. 3. Surface Sealer a. After proper surface preparation, prime the entire exterior masonry surface with one coat of the Benjamin Moore recommended masonry conditioner according to the manufacturer's label instructions. b. Certain colors may require a pigmented sealer. 41 c. Contractor is responsible for testing sealer coverage. The Painting Contractor may choose to use a pigmented sealer. d. Ceiling and soffit areas that do not exhibit chalky residue do not require sealer. 4. Joint Sealant 1. All loose or deteriorated perimeter sealant around exterior side of doors and windows is to be removed. 2. Apply surface sealer to stucco surfaces, along the entire joint to receive sealant. 3. Apply a solvent wipe to metal surface, along the entire joint to receive sealant. Do not contaminate stucco substrate with solvent. 4. Apply sealant to full perimeter of door frames and windows to form a complete seal between metal and stucco. Tool the application of sealant in a manner to insure proper adhesion. 5. Stucco Repair a. All loose, broken or spalling stucco must be removed and adjacent areas of suspect areas "sounded" for deteriorated stucco. b. Visible restoration must be discussed prior to bid due date and a determination should be made whether to bid separately or engage the services of a structural engineer. c. Prior to repairing stucco the affected area will be prepared with a bonding agent. Stucco work shall conform to ASTM standards and have surface texture to match the surrounding area. d. The Painting Contractor shall include in the bid fifty (50) square feet of stucco replacement. Anything over repairs for areas greater than fifty (50) square feet shall be considered an extra cost, above the base bid. e. All cracks in masonry larger than hairline (over 1/16") are to be ground out mechanically to form a "V" or "U" shape measuring 1/4" blown or brushed out to remove all dust, dried of all moisture. The resultant opening shall have Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 55 Year Urethane Acrylic Sealant 465 series caulked in to completely fill the void. f. Once cured, the filled crack shall be overcoated with Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Textured Knife Grade Elastomeric Patching Compound 051-01, crowed in the center approximately 1/16" and feathered at least 3" on either side of the crack to match the surrounding surface as closely as possible. g. All hairline cracks (less than 1/16") will be filled using Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Textured Brush Grade Elastomeric Patching Compound 052-01 over a properly primed surface, crowing the application approximately 1/16" over the center of the crack and feathering the edges approximately 2" on either side to match the adjacent surface. 42 h. After proper surface repair, spot prime patching material with one coat of the Benjamin Moore recommended masonry conditioner according to the manufacturer's label instructions. 6. Finish Coat a. After all crack repairs have fully cured, apply as needed the number of coats of the recommended Benjamin Moore & Co. Latex House Paint (unless stated otherwise), at a rate of application as stated on the label directions and to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color . NOTE: Previously repaired cracks, which have reopened, shall have all existing patch material removed and the crack treated as described above. B. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED WOOD SURFACES TO BE PAINTED 1. Remove all blistered, peeling paint to a sound substrate by scraping and sanding. Where bare wood is exposed spot prime with Moorwhite Primer. 2. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk must be cleaned by power wash. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. 3. Glossy areas under eaves and all protected areas not exposed to normal weathering should be dulled by sanding. Crystalline deposits under eaves are a major cause of peeling and must be removed by flushing with a strong stream of water from a garden hose. 4. To the properly sealed surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. C. EXTERIOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED METAL SURFACES 1. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned with an appropriate solvent or detergent solution to remove all traces of dirt, dust, grime, and oily residues prior to application of the specified coatings in accordance with SSPC-SP1-63 "Solvent Cleaning". 2. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk must be cleaned by power wash. Any mold and mildew must be removed as described in the section titled MOLD AND MILDEW REMOVAL. 43 3. Loose, peeling, blistering and flaking paint and rust shall be removed by power tool cleaning with wire brush, needle gun, scraping, or sanding in accordance with SSPC-SP3-63 "Power Tool Cleaning". Surfaces with a hard shiny finish should be dulled by sandpaper or other abrasive methods to insure adhesion of succeeding coats. 4. After proper preparation, apply one coat of Benjamin Moore #M84-00 Rust Pretreatment to any exposed rusted surfaces according to the manufacturer label instructions. 5. To the properly prepared surface prime or spot prime as necessary with the recommended Benjamin Moore INDUSTRIAL COATINGS RUST INHIBITIVE PRODUCTS according to the manufacturer label instructions. 6. To the properly sealed surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. D. PREVIOUSLY PAINTED CONCRETE FLOORS 1. Scaling and peeling paint should be removed by scraping and sanding. 2. Surface should be washed thoroughly with strong detergent solution or Benjamin Moore's I.M.C. Oil and Grease Emulsifier M83-00 to remove all grease, oil and soap residue. Rinse thoroughly and allow to dry completely before painting. 3. All shiny surfaces must be dulled and scoured prior to application of any coatings. 4. Floors that have been subjected to long term oil and grease must first be aggressively scrubbed with proprietary grease -dissolving compounds, then rinsed thoroughly and allowed to dry completely before etching, below. CAUTION: FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS; USE RUBBER GLOVES, WORK GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. S. Unpainted and/or non -porous steel -troweled floors must be etched with Benjamin Moore's I.M.C. Concrete Pretreatment and Etch, M85-01 reduced according to label directions then rinsed thoroughly. The surface must be porous prior to application of any coatings. The Painting Contractor is responsible for the proper preparation of the floor to allow proper adhesion of the floor coating. Test porosity of surface even after etching by spraying mist of water on floor and examining whether water beads on surface (which would signify non -porosity) or soaks in the concrete (which would signify porosity). Properly etched floors after appropriate drying times should feel like fine grit sandpaper. If floors do not demonstrate this characteristic and does not appear porous per above test the floor is not ready to coat irregardless of preparation already completed and further actions must be taken to achieve proper adhesion of floor coating. 44 6. Due to the incompatibility of many floor coatings to each other after preparing concrete decks as described above a sample area must be painted and allowed to dry and cure to assure of compatibility of floor paint with existing substrate. 7. To the properly prepared surface apply the coats needed to achieve uniformity of sheen and opacity of color using the Benjamin Moore recommended topcoat as described below according to the manufacturers label instructions. 3.09 COATINGS SCHEDULE A. EXTERIOR STUCCO Areas to be painted: Exterior masonry elevations and previously painted with latex metal surfaces. 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Latex Masonry Conditioner 066 series according to the manufacturer's label directions 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's Super Spec 100% Acrylic Low Lustre Latex Coating # 185 series according to manufacturer's label directions B. EXTERIOR METAL Areas to be painted: Doors and frames 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Universal Metal Primer P07 series according to manufacturer's label directions. 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's P29 D.T.M. Acrylic Semi -gloss Enamel according to manufacturer's label directions. C. EXTERIOR WOOD Areas to be painted: Door and frames. 1) Primer — Benjamin Moore's Alkyd Wood Primer 023 series according to manufacturer's label directions. 2) Finish Coat — Benjamin Moore's P29 D.T.M. Acrylic Semi -gloss Enamel according to manufacturer's label directions. 45 D. CAULK & PATCHING MATERIALS 1) Caulk- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 35 Year Acrylic Caulk 467 series 2) Sealant- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic 55 Year Acrylic Urethane Sealant 465 series 3) Patching- Benjamin Moore's Moorlastic Elastomeric Patching Compounds E. CLEANING AGENTS 1) Benjamin Moore & Company Oil & Grease Emulsifier M83 series By definition of the Benjamin Moore & Company warranty, the Painting Contractor is limited to solely the above paint, patching and sealants. Any substitutions of specified products must have prior approval for use by the Benjamin Moore & Company Authorized Representative prior to project commencement. Substitution of any product without pre -authorization may cause stoppage of the project and void the warranty. MSDS and Tech Data sheets are available upon request. END OF SECTION END OF SPECIFICATIONS Adrian Munguia, P.E. Florida License #67338 Inspection Engineers Inc. 13192 SW 130th Terrace, Suite 102 Miami, FL 33186 46 Inspection 131 P ' SW 130th Tm,--ra r--, ;#10 2 Itiftmriii, FL 33186 Ph. (30523 -86P1 Fax-. (305'- Eiziail. esigi3COb,-,Ilsrotitli.iict October 7, 2018 Building Department Town of Shores Miami Shores, FL 33138 Re: Letter of Completion/ Final Inspection of Concrete restoration. The Shores Condominium 1700 N.E. 105 Street Permit NO: CC- 6-17-1550 Miami Shores FL 33138 Dear Building Official, I.E. At the request of the management of the above referenced building, regular inspections of the work in progress were performed by this office including marking of loose, cracked and spalled concrete on all balconies and exterior surface of the building. Also included was the inspection of catwalk and balcony new aluminum railing installation. 1, Arshad Viqar , P.E. having performed and approved the required inspections, as listed in the approved inspection log, hereby attest that " To the best of my knowledge and belief and professional judgment the concrete restoration and the installation of new railings are in substantial compliance with the drawings, specifications, and approved permit documents. This document is being prepared in accordance with section 110.8.4.1 of the 2017 Florida Building Code and is being submitted to the building department for a certificate of completion. Should you have any questions, please contact me at 786-367-8472 Sincerely, Arshad Vigar, P.E. License No. 38863, S.I. 0691 Assistant Engineer: Jorge Blanco Douglas H. Mercado President, Inspection Engineers Inc. Iiiks,Pec'i(--)ii 1319 22 SSL`4F 130th Tcl7ncr,. #102 IAL-aiu, FL 33186 P11: (305) -32-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8 25 Email. engi3�Cubellsouth.nd October 7, 2018 Building Department Town of Shores Miami Shores, FL 33138 �- inee s- I11C. I.E2 . Re: Letter of Completion/ Final Inspection of Concrete restoration. The Shores Condominium 1700 N.E. 105 Street Miami Shores FL 33138 Dear Building Official, At the request of the management of the above referenced building, regular inspections of the work in progress were performed by this office including marking of loose, cracked and spalled concrete on all balconies and exterior surface of the building. Also included was the inspection of catwalk and balcony new aluminum railing installation. 1, Arshad Viqar , P.E. having performed and approved the required inspections, as listed in the approved inspection log, hereby attest that " To the best of my knowledge and belief and professional judgment the concrete restoration and the installation of new railings are in substantial compliance with the drawings, specifications, and approved permit documents. This document is being prepared in accordance with section 1 ] 0.8.4.1 of the 2017 Florida Building Code and is being submitted to the building department for a certificate of completion. Should you have any questions, please contact me at 786-367-8472 Sincerely, A.Vigar (o 7. !k Arshad Vigar, P.E. License No. 38863, S.I.0691 Assistant Engineer: Jorge Blanco Douglas H. Mercado President, Inspection Engineers Inc. Inspection 13192 %V 130th Ten -ace, #102 Mianu, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Fanail: engi3tbellsouthmet Miami Shores Village 10050 NE 2"d. Ave. NE Miami Shores, Fl. 33138-0000 Attention: Building Official Engineers, Inc. -e J Re: July 31 to Aug 11, 2017 City Progress Report Permit # CC-6-17-1550 Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, Fl. Dear Building Official: In the period above described the following inspections were performed. 1. Chipping of spalled edges and decks is in progress in terraces Lines 16, 17, 18, and 19 located on the SE side of building. 2. Spalled Pre cast Windowsills and headers are also being restored. 3. Chipping is in progress on Concrete curbs underneath sliding glass doors. For any additional questions please call our office at (305) 232-8691. Respectfully,S,gbMM4; E. M �Q�P;NQNQ/.00, Q�.•��GENSF•.Glq'- Adrian EAAogu P.� • : d'�N1�1 Florida Ieitratiori No3/338 : _ STATE , p% P , ORIV S�ONAL E��`� �11111� Inspection 13192 MV 130th Ten -ace, #102 Miami, FL 33186 Ph: (305) 232-8691 Fax: (305) 232-8725 Zmak eiggi3obellsouth.net Miami Shores Village 10050 NE 2"1. Ave. NE Miami Shores, Fl. 33138-0000 Attention: Building Official Engineers, Inc. Re: July 17 to July 28, 2017 City Progress Report Permit # CC-6-17-1550 Shores Condominium 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores, Fl. Dear Building Official: In the period above described the following inspections were performed. 1. Terraces in Lines 16, 17, 18, and 19 located on the SE side of building were marked for restoration. 2. Upon chipping a few edge areas were marked for additional chipping due to steel rust. 3. Spalled Pre cast Windowsills were also inspected. The exterior steel bar will be removed and replaced. For any additional questions please call our office at (305) 232-8691. \PN E. M y �J P�c't'� ��tte S4$' • No. 67338 •�/2q,%� 7 guia.,E gistration No. 67338 9 STATE OF : Q or�S' A�` O p 1 o /ONAL �� r INSPECTION RECORD Miami Shores Village 10050 N.E 2nd Avenue Miami Shores, FL 33138-0000 Phone: (305)795-2204 Fax: (305)756-8972 INSPECTION REQUESTS: (305)762-4949 or Log on at https://bldg.miamishoresvillage.comlcap REQUESTS ARE ACCEPTED DURING 8:30AM - 3:30PM FOR THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. Requests must be received by 3 pm for following day inspections. Commercial Construction Parcel #:1122300500001 Owner's Name: SHORES CONDOMINIUM Job Address: 1700 NE 105 Street Miami Shores FL Bond Number: r. r ,'► e Contractor(s) j �Nnone, . it gnmary t;orrf WORLDWIDE CONSTRUCTION & R (305)$464)443 `Yes �' 1 I t..r Owner's Phone: Total Square Feet: Total Job Valuation: 3000 $ 324,600.00 , WORK IS ALLOWED: MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, 8:OOAM - 7:0013M. SATURDAY 8:00AM - 6:OOPM. NO WORK IS ALLOWED ON SUNDAY OR HOLIDAYS. BUILDING AND ROOFING INSPECTIONS ARE DONE MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY. NO INSPECTION WILL BE MADE UNLESS THE PERMIT CARD IS DISPLAYED AND HAS BEEN APPROVED. PLANS ARE READLY AVAILABLE. IT IS THE PERMIT APPLICANTS RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT WORK IS ACCESSIBLE AND EXPOSED FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES NEITHER THE BUILDING OFFICIAL NOR THE CITY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR EXPENSE ENTAILED IN THE REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY MATERIAL REQUIRED TO ALLOW INSPECTION. WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE COMMENCING WORK OR RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT.